From 17c5992a16be94247b83f2bbb9accdd9b7e7bb72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Thomas E. Dickey" Date: Sun, 29 Jul 2018 01:43:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] ncurses 6.1 - patch 20180728 + improve documentation regarding feature-test macros in curses.h + improve documentation regarding the virtual and physical screens. + formatting fixes for manpages, regenerate man-html documentation. --- NEWS | 7 +- VERSION | 2 +- dist.mk | 4 +- doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html | 8 +- doc/html/man/clear.1.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html | 183 +++++++++++---------- doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html | 25 +-- doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html | 54 +++--- doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html | 35 ++-- doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html | 8 +- doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html | 12 +- doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html | 10 +- doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html | 14 +- doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html | 114 ++++++++----- doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html | 8 +- doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html | 8 +- doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html | 12 +- doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html | 147 ++++++++++------- doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/panel.3x.html | 26 +-- doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/tabs.1.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/term.5.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/term.7.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/tic.1m.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/toe.1m.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/tput.1.html | 6 +- doc/html/man/tset.1.html | 4 +- doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html | 2 +- doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html | 4 +- man/captoinfo.1m | 6 +- man/clear.1 | 8 +- man/curs_addch.3x | 17 +- man/curs_attr.3x | 25 +-- man/curs_beep.3x | 13 +- man/curs_bkgd.3x | 10 +- man/curs_bkgrnd.3x | 7 +- man/curs_border.3x | 19 ++- man/curs_clear.3x | 13 +- man/curs_color.3x | 31 ++-- man/curs_delch.3x | 13 +- man/curs_deleteln.3x | 25 ++- man/curs_extend.3x | 10 +- man/curs_get_wch.3x | 10 +- man/curs_get_wstr.3x | 19 ++- man/curs_getch.3x | 16 +- man/curs_getstr.3x | 22 ++- man/curs_in_wch.3x | 8 +- man/curs_in_wchstr.3x | 7 +- man/curs_inch.3x | 10 +- man/curs_inchstr.3x | 16 +- man/curs_initscr.3x | 18 +- man/curs_inopts.3x | 8 +- man/curs_insch.3x | 7 +- man/curs_instr.3x | 7 +- man/curs_inwstr.3x | 12 +- man/curs_kernel.3x | 84 ++++++---- man/curs_mouse.3x | 10 +- man/curs_move.3x | 10 +- man/curs_outopts.3x | 6 +- man/curs_pad.3x | 12 +- man/curs_print.3x | 13 +- man/curs_printw.3x | 8 +- man/curs_refresh.3x | 48 ++++-- man/curs_scanw.3x | 8 +- man/curs_scr_dump.3x | 34 ++-- man/curs_scroll.3x | 8 +- man/curs_slk.3x | 15 +- man/curs_termattrs.3x | 19 ++- man/curs_termcap.3x | 20 ++- man/curs_terminfo.3x | 41 +++-- man/curs_touch.3x | 10 +- man/curs_util.3x | 17 +- man/curs_variables.3x | 19 ++- man/default_colors.3x | 22 ++- man/define_key.3x | 10 +- man/form.3x | 19 ++- man/form_cursor.3x | 14 +- man/form_data.3x | 17 +- man/form_driver.3x | 28 ++-- man/form_field.3x | 11 +- man/form_field_attributes.3x | 21 ++- man/form_field_buffer.3x | 14 +- man/form_field_info.3x | 17 +- man/form_field_just.3x | 11 +- man/form_field_new.3x | 20 ++- man/form_field_opts.3x | 21 ++- man/form_field_userptr.3x | 14 +- man/form_field_validation.3x | 27 +-- man/form_fieldtype.3x | 18 +- man/form_hook.3x | 26 +-- man/form_new.3x | 11 +- man/form_new_page.3x | 9 +- man/form_opts.3x | 11 +- man/form_page.3x | 18 +- man/form_post.3x | 16 +- man/form_requestname.3x | 17 +- man/form_userptr.3x | 11 +- man/form_win.3x | 20 ++- man/infocmp.1m | 11 +- man/infotocap.1m | 6 +- man/key_defined.3x | 13 +- man/keybound.3x | 10 +- man/keyok.3x | 10 +- man/menu.3x | 26 +-- man/menu_attributes.3x | 29 ++-- man/menu_cursor.3x | 14 +- man/menu_driver.3x | 26 +-- man/menu_format.3x | 23 ++- man/menu_hook.3x | 22 ++- man/menu_items.3x | 11 +- man/menu_mark.3x | 14 +- man/menu_new.3x | 11 +- man/menu_opts.3x | 11 +- man/menu_pattern.3x | 25 +-- man/menu_post.3x | 20 ++- man/menu_requestname.3x | 14 +- man/menu_spacing.3x | 18 +- man/menu_userptr.3x | 11 +- man/menu_win.3x | 20 ++- man/mitem_current.3x | 20 ++- man/mitem_name.3x | 8 +- man/mitem_new.3x | 23 ++- man/mitem_opts.3x | 14 +- man/mitem_userptr.3x | 14 +- man/mitem_value.3x | 11 +- man/mitem_visible.3x | 11 +- man/ncurses.3x | 40 ++++- man/new_pair.3x | 23 ++- man/panel.3x | 55 ++++--- man/resizeterm.3x | 10 +- man/scr_dump.5 | 9 +- man/tabs.1 | 8 +- man/term.5 | 5 +- man/term.7 | 73 +++++--- man/terminfo.head | 5 +- man/tput.1 | 16 +- man/tset.1 | 29 ++-- man/user_caps.5 | 16 +- man/wresize.3x | 8 +- package/debian-mingw/changelog | 4 +- package/debian-mingw64/changelog | 4 +- package/debian/changelog | 4 +- package/mingw-ncurses.nsi | 4 +- package/mingw-ncurses.spec | 2 +- package/ncurses.spec | 2 +- 233 files changed, 1750 insertions(+), 1244 deletions(-) diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS index 2d8d043b..03d7fa21 100644 --- a/NEWS +++ b/NEWS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ -- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written -- -- authorization. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --- $Id: NEWS,v 1.3162 2018/07/21 21:42:07 tom Exp $ +-- $Id: NEWS,v 1.3165 2018/07/28 23:24:55 tom Exp $ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This is a log of changes that ncurses has gone through since Zeyd started @@ -45,6 +45,11 @@ See the AUTHORS file for the corresponding full names. Changes through 1.9.9e did not credit all contributions; it is not possible to add this information. +20180728 + + improve documentation regarding feature-test macros in curses.h + + improve documentation regarding the virtual and physical screens. + + formatting fixes for manpages, regenerate man-html documentation. + 20180721 + build-fixes for gcc8. + corrected acsc for wy50 -TD diff --git a/VERSION b/VERSION index 3b717497..2364775c 100644 --- a/VERSION +++ b/VERSION @@ -1 +1 @@ -5:0:10 6.1 20180721 +5:0:10 6.1 20180728 diff --git a/dist.mk b/dist.mk index f072b94c..944a982e 100644 --- a/dist.mk +++ b/dist.mk @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ # use or other dealings in this Software without prior written # # authorization. # ############################################################################## -# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.1233 2018/07/21 13:45:51 tom Exp $ +# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.1234 2018/07/28 13:24:09 tom Exp $ # Makefile for creating ncurses distributions. # # This only needs to be used directly as a makefile by developers, but @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ SHELL = /bin/sh # These define the major/minor/patch versions of ncurses. NCURSES_MAJOR = 6 NCURSES_MINOR = 1 -NCURSES_PATCH = 20180721 +NCURSES_PATCH = 20180728 # We don't append the patch to the version, since this only applies to releases VERSION = $(NCURSES_MAJOR).$(NCURSES_MINOR) diff --git a/doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html b/doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html index aa51c701..6f2ff439 100644 --- a/doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html +++ b/doc/html/man/adacurses6-config.1.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

SEE ALSO

        curses(3x)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html b/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html
index 980a8c3e..78475dfd 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

SYNOPSIS

-       captoinfo [-vn width]  [-V] [-1] [-w width] file . . .
+       captoinfo [-vn width]  [-V] [-1] [-w width] file ...

DESCRIPTION

@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

SEE ALSO

        infocmp(1m), curses(3x), terminfo(5)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).

AUTHOR

diff --git a/doc/html/man/clear.1.html b/doc/html/man/clear.1.html
index a984574b..172afcfc 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/clear.1.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/clear.1.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: clear.1,v 1.20 2018/05/19 21:03:03 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: clear.1,v 1.22 2018/07/28 21:45:40 tom Exp @
   * these would be fallbacks for DS/DE,
   * but groff changed the meaning of the macros.
 -->
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

SEE ALSO

        tput(1), terminfo(5)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html
index 0202da63..74834b36 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.45 2018/05/19 21:03:18 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.46 2018/07/28 21:02:35 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html
index b75f6d06..fc5eee05 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html
index fd3f2289..b5637820 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html
index 4e3dc419..4d03fd1b 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html
index 7a733d62..abc282c6 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html
index e8516cd5..df80b785 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html
index b30d0137..735c6f95 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html
index 97ed949a..67634557 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html
index 8b29b276..406566a7 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html
index 784688f7..9ab1da5f 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html
index 0ce4190c..be859bc6 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html
index de69ac8e..dc1a413c 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html
index 37df7241..adc503b5 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html
index 0e865255..13eba810 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html
index 7dac9465..7fce5877 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html
index 737c331a..ce1f6b2a 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
        Reading a line that overflows the  array  pointed  to  by  wchstr  with
        in_wchstr, mvin_wchstr, mvwin_wchstr or win_wchstr causes undefined re-
-       sults. Therefore, the use of in_wchnstr,  mvin_wchnstr,  mvwin_wchnstr,
+       sults.  Therefore, the use of in_wchnstr, mvin_wchnstr,  mvwin_wchnstr,
        or win_wchnstr is recommended.
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html
index 76e32cd6..ab5035e7 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html
index 594b197c..4d12a400 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html
index 2b1d0272..0ad1cc37 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.30 2018/04/07 20:54:12 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.31 2018/07/28 22:15:59 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html
index cce3059a..3968e87b 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html
index 6be03f3e..4b7afef4 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html
index b22f5674..57850319 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html
index db5e1b2a..44d34fe4 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines return ERR upon failure. Upon successful  completion,  the
+       All routines return ERR upon failure.  Upon successful completion,  the
        *inwstr routines return OK, and the *innwstr routines return the number
        of characters read into the string.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html
index 64a1ac83..0df3eac0 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -94,15 +94,17 @@

getsyx

-       The  getsyx  routine  returns  the  current  coordinates of the virtual
-       screen cursor in y and x.  If leaveok is currently TRUE, then -1,-1  is
+       The  getsyx  routine  returns  the  current  coordinates of the virtual
+       screen cursor in y and x.  If leaveok is currently TRUE, then -1,-1  is
        returned.  If lines have been removed from the top of the screen, using
        ripoffline, y and x include these lines; therefore, y and x  should  be
        used only as arguments for setsyx.
 
+       Few applications will use this feature, most use getyx instead.
+

setsyx

-       The  setsyx routine sets the virtual screen cursor to y, x.  If y and x
+       The  setsyx routine sets the virtual screen cursor to y, x.  If y and x
        are both -1, then leaveok is set.  The two routines getsyx  and  setsyx
        are  designed to be used by a library routine, which manipulates curses
        windows but does not want to change the current position  of  the  pro-
@@ -110,6 +112,8 @@
        do its manipulation of its own windows, do a wnoutrefresh on  its  win-
        dows, call setsyx, and then call doupdate.
 
+       Few applications will use this feature, most use wmove instead.
+

ripoffline

        The  ripoffline  routine  provides  access  to  the  same facility that
@@ -180,12 +184,13 @@

PORTABILITY

-       The  functions  setsyx  and  getsyx are not described in the XSI Curses
-       standard, Issue 4.  All other functions are as described in XSI Curses.
+       The virtual screen functions setsyx and getsyx are not described in the
+       XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  All other functions are as described  in
+       XSI Curses.
 
-       The SVr4 documentation describes setsyx and  getsyx  as  having  return
-       type int. This is misleading, as they are macros with no documented se-
-       mantics for the return value.
+       The  SVr4  documentation  describes  setsyx and getsyx as having return
+       type int.  This is misleading, as they are macros  with  no  documented
+       semantics for the return value.

SEE ALSO

diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html
index 93962397..97859667 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html
index 59617be3..2321ec59 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html
index 1077affd..83728133 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
        translates  the return key into newline on input, and whether it trans-
        lates newline into return and line-feed on output (in either case,  the
        call  addch('\n')  does  the  equivalent of return and line feed on the
-       virtual screen).  Initially, these translations do occur.  If you  dis-
+       virtual screen).  Initially, these translations do occur.  If you  dis-
        able  them  using  nonl,  curses will be able to make better use of the
        line-feed capability, resulting in faster cursor motion.  Also,  curses
        will then be able to detect the return key.
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html
index 11d1405e..5c1cd24c 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html
index b363c48f..0aaaf9f3 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html
index 88adfe4a..1917407d 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.22 2018/04/07 20:18:55 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.23 2018/07/28 21:14:06 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html
index c16d3389..cfb75eba 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -67,32 +67,42 @@
        The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and  doupdate)  must
        be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines mere-
        ly manipulate data structures.  The routine wrefresh copies  the  named
-       window to the physical terminal screen, taking into account what is al-
-       ready there to do optimizations.  The refresh routine is the same,  us-
-       ing stdscr as the default window.  Unless leaveok has been enabled, the
-       physical cursor of the terminal is left at the location of  the  cursor
-       for that window.
+       window  to  the  physical  screen,  taking into account what is already
+       there to do optimizations.  The refresh routine is the same, using std-
+       scr as the default window.  Unless leaveok has been enabled, the physi-
+       cal cursor of the terminal is left at the location of  the  cursor  for
+       that window.

wnoutrefresh/doupdate

        The wnoutrefresh and doupdate routines allow multiple updates with more
        efficiency than wrefresh alone.  In addition to all the  window  struc-
        tures,  curses  keeps  two  data  structures  representing the terminal
-       screen: a physical screen, describing what is actually on  the  screen,
-       and  a  virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to have on
-       the screen.
-
-       The routine wrefresh works by first calling wnoutrefresh, which  copies
-       the  named  window  to  the  virtual screen, and then calling doupdate,
-       which compares the virtual screen to the physical screen and  does  the
-       actual  update.   If the programmer wishes to output several windows at
-       once, a series of calls to wrefresh results  in  alternating  calls  to
-       wnoutrefresh  and  doupdate,  causing  several  bursts of output to the
-       screen.  By first calling wnoutrefresh for each window, it is then pos-
-       sible  to  call  doupdate  once, resulting in only one burst of output,
-       with fewer total characters transmitted and less CPU time used.  If the
-       win  argument  to wrefresh is the global variable curscr, the screen is
-       immediately cleared and repainted from scratch.
+       screen:
+
+       o   a physical screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and
+
+       o   a virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to  have  on
+           the screen.
+
+       The routine wrefresh works by
+
+       o   first  calling  wnoutrefresh,  which copies the named window to the
+           virtual screen, and
+
+       o   then calling doupdate, which compares the  virtual  screen  to  the
+           physical screen and does the actual update.
+
+       If the programmer wishes to output several windows at once, a series of
+       calls to wrefresh results in  alternating  calls  to  wnoutrefresh  and
+       doupdate,  causing  several  bursts  of output to the screen.  By first
+       calling wnoutrefresh for each window, it is then possible to call doup-
+       date  once,  resulting  in  only  one burst of output, with fewer total
+       characters transmitted and less CPU time used.
+
+       If the win argument to wrefresh is the physical screen (i.e., the glob-
+       al  variable  curscr),  the screen is immediately cleared and repainted
+       from scratch.
 
        The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen" above is am-
        biguous.   What actually happens is that all touched (changed) lines in
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html
index 5a4c957d..c4de0074 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.23 2018/04/07 20:56:03 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.24 2018/07/28 21:14:06 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html
index 6003cdc1..4ed7ac71 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -60,36 +60,41 @@

DESCRIPTION

-       The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the  virtual  screen
+       The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the  virtual  screen
        to the file filename.
 
-       The  scr_restore  routine  sets  the  virtual screen to the contents of
+       The  scr_restore  routine  sets  the  virtual screen to the contents of
        filename, which must have been written using scr_dump.  The  next  call
-       to doupdate restores the screen to the way it looked in the dump file.
+       to  doupdate  restores  the physical screen to the way it looked in the
+       dump file.
 
        The scr_init routine reads in the contents of filename and uses them to
        initialize the curses data structures about what the terminal currently
        has on its screen.  If the data is determined to be valid, curses bases
-       its next update of the screen on this information rather than  clearing
-       the  screen  and starting from scratch.  scr_init is used after initscr
-       or a system call to share the screen with  another  process  which  has
-       done  a  scr_dump  after its endwin(3x) call.  The data is declared in-
-       valid if the terminfo capabilities rmcup and nrrmc exist; also  if  the
-       terminal has been written to since the preceding scr_dump call.
-
-       The  scr_set  routine is a combination of scr_restore and scr_init.  It
+       its  next update of the screen on this information rather than clearing
+       the screen and starting from scratch.  scr_init is used  after  initscr
+       or  a  system  call  to share the screen with another process which has
+       done a scr_dump after its endwin(3x) call.  The data  is  declared  in-
+       valid
+
+       o   if the terminfo capabilities rmcup and nrrmc exist, also
+
+       o   if  the  terminal  has been written to since the preceding scr_dump
+           call.
+
+       The scr_set routine is a combination of scr_restore and  scr_init.   It
        tells the program that the information in filename is what is currently
        on the screen, and also what the program wants on the screen.  This can
        be thought of as a screen inheritance function.
 
-       To read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the  getwin  and  putwin
+       To  read  (write)  a window from (to) a file, use the getwin and putwin
        routines [see curs_util(3x)].

RETURN VALUE

        All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK upon success.
 
-       X/Open  defines no error conditions.  In this implementation, each will
+       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In this implementation, each  will
        return an error if the file cannot be opened.
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html
index 56a471a2..493ca175 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@

DESCRIPTION

        The  scroll routine scrolls the window up one line.  This involves mov-
        ing the lines in the window data structure.  As an optimization, if the
-       scrolling  region  of  the  window  is  the entire screen, the physical
-       screen may be scrolled at the same time.
+       scrolling  region  of  the  window  is  the entire screen, the physical
+       screen may be scrolled at the same time.
 
        For positive n, the scrl and wscrl routines  scroll  the  window  up  n
        lines  (line  i+n becomes i); otherwise scroll the window down n lines.
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html
index 200e2cf0..463f1275 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -146,10 +146,10 @@

Video attributes

        The slk_attron, slk_attrset, slk_attroff and slk_attr  routines  corre-
-       spond  to  attron,  attrset, attroff and attr_get.  They have an effect
-       only if soft labels are simulated on the bottom  line  of  the  screen.
-       The default highlight for soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in System V curs-
-       es, which does not document this fact).
+       spond  to  attron,  attrset,  attroff and attr_get, respectively.  They
+       have an effect only if soft labels are simulated on the bottom line  of
+       the  screen.   The default highlight for soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in
+       System V curses, which does not document this fact).

Colors

diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html
index f4687961..bb5dac04 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html
index e5cbf02a..cd5a0773 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.39 2018/04/07 20:51:27 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.40 2018/07/28 21:14:06 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html
index 36d4f66c..71bfb364 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.58 2018/04/07 21:09:12 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.60 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp @
   * ***************************************************************************
   * ***************************************************************************
   * ***************************************************************************
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
            used.
 
        Parameterized strings should be passed  through  tparm  to  instantiate
-       them.   All  terminfo strings [including the output of tparm] should be
+       them.   All  terminfo strings (including the output of tparm) should be
        printed with tputs or putp.  Call reset_shell_mode to restore  the  tty
        modes before exiting [see curs_kernel(3x)].
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html
index d329ffc6..31744df0 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html
index 09b37648..278bc915 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
 
        o   the data written is a copy of the WINDOW structure, and its associ-
            ated  character cells.  The format differs between the wide-charac-
-           ter (ncursesw) and non-wide (ncurses) libraries.  You can  transfer
+           ter (ncursesw) and non-wide (ncurses) libraries.  You can  transfer
            data between the two, however.
 
        o   the  retrieved  window  is always created as a top-level window (or
@@ -331,6 +331,10 @@
        "meta" keys (or if keyname is called before initializing curses),  this
        implementation returns strings "M-^@", "M-^A", etc.
 
+       X/Open Curses documents unctrl as declared in <unctrl.h>, which ncurses
+       does.  However, ncurses' <curses.h> includes <unctrl.h>,  matching  the
+       behavior of SVr4 curses.  Other implementations may not do that.
+

use_env/use_tioctl

        If  ncurses  is  configured  to provide the sp-functions extension, the
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html
index 82f9dcfe..72baa562 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
        This variable holds the number of milliseconds to wait after reading an
        escape character, to distinguish between an individual escape character
        entered on the keyboard from escape sequences sent by cursor- and func-
-       tion-keys (see curses(3x).
+       tion-keys (see curses(3x)).

LINES

@@ -119,11 +119,17 @@
        This  implementation  of  curses uses a special window curscr to record
        its updates to the terminal screen.
 
+       This is referred to as the "physical screen"  in  the  curs_refresh(3x)
+       and curs_outopts(3x) manual pages.
+

The New Screen

-       This implementation of curses uses a special window newscr to hold  up-
+       This  implementation of curses uses a special window newscr to hold up-
        dates to the terminal screen before applying them to curscr.
 
+       This is referred to as the "virtual  screen"  in  the  curs_kernel(3x),
+       curs_refresh(3x) and curs_outopts(3x) manual pages.
+

The Standard Screen

        Upon  initializing curses, a default window called stdscr, which is the
diff --git a/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html b/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html
index 0cb598f5..23e9cade 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
        The first function, use_default_colors  tells  the  curses  library  to
        assign  terminal  default  foreground/background colors to color number
-       -1. So init_pair(x,COLOR_RED,-1) will  initialize  pair  x  as  red  on
+       -1.  So init_pair(x,COLOR_RED,-1) will initialize  pair  x  as  red  on
        default  background and init_pair(x,-1,COLOR_BLUE) will initialize pair
        x as default foreground on blue.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html b/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html
index 28628446..e6e75e65 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form.3x.html
index ea156485..56d362ae 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
        curses(3x)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "form_" for detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html
index 97ee9e3b..95f414e4 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html
index 27b4b47b..9cd3eb06 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html
index b282953e..08159b16 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.29 2018/04/28 19:58:58 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.31 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html
index 9888ac92..5ee2af32 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html
index 814637a3..86aaee9a 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html
index 942d87eb..d55906db 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html
index 521aa84e..7bfe9c4e 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html
index 877ae3ce..67ebc155 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html
index 36e12f5e..bc2c3932 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html
index 32b78585..e5877134 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.21 2018/04/28 21:24:57 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.22 2018/07/28 21:18:11 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 
        O_ACTIVE
             The  field  is  visited during processing.  If this option is off,
-            the field will not be reachable by navigation keys. Please  notice
+            the field will not be reachable by navigation keys.  Please notice
             that an invisible field appears to be inactive also.
 
        O_AUTOSKIP
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html
index d875c82a..84aa50b3 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html
index 326ff25e..143aed92 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -78,63 +78,87 @@
             width.
 
        TYPE_ENUM
-            Accept  one of a specified set of strings.  Requires a third (char
-            **) argument pointing to a string list; a fourth int flag argument
-            to enable case-sensitivity; and a fifth int flag argument specify-
-            ing whether a partial match must be a unique one (if this flag  is
-            off,  a  prefix matches the first of any set of more than one list
-            elements with that prefix). Please notice that the string list  is
-            copied. So you may use a list that lives in automatic variables on
-            the stack.
+            Accept  one  of  a  specified set of strings.  Requires additional
+            parameters:
+
+            o   a third (char **) argument pointing to a string list;
+
+            o   a fourth int flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
+
+            o   and a fifth int flag argument  specifying  whether  a  partial
+                match  must  be  a  unique one.  If this flag is off, a prefix
+                matches the first of any set of more than  one  list  elements
+                with that prefix.
+
+                The library copies the string list, so you may use a list that
+                lives in automatic variables on the stack.
 
        TYPE_INTEGER
-            Integer data, parsable to an integer by atoi(3).  Requires a third
-            int  argument  controlling  the  precision, a fourth long argument
-            constraining minimum value, and a fifth long constraining  maximum
-            value.   If the maximum value is less than or equal to the minimum
-            value, the range is simply ignored. On return the field buffer  is
-            formatted  according  to  the  printf format specification ".*ld",
-            where the '*' is replaced by the precision argument.  For  details
-            of the precision handling see printf's man-page.
+            Integer data, parsable to an integer by atoi(3).   Requires  addi-
+            tional parameters:
+
+            o   a third int argument controlling the precision,
+
+            o   a fourth long argument constraining minimum value,
+
+            o   and  a  fifth long constraining maximum value.  If the maximum
+                value is less than or equal to the minimum value, the range is
+                simply  ignored.   On  return,  the  field buffer is formatted
+                according to the printf format specification ".*ld", where the
+                '*' is replaced by the precision argument.
+
+                For details of the precision handling see printf's man-page.
 
        TYPE_NUMERIC
-            Numeric data (may have a decimal-point part). Requires a third int
-            argument controlling the precision, a fourth double argument  con-
-            straining  minimum  value, and a fifth double constraining maximum
-            value. If your system supports locales, the decimal point  charac-
-            ter  to  be used must be the one specified by your locale.  If the
-            maximum value is less than or equal  to  the  minimum  value,  the
-            range  is  simply ignored. On return the field buffer is formatted
-            according to the printf format specification ".*f", where the  '*'
-            is  replaced by the precision argument.  For details of the preci-
-            sion handling see printf's man-page.
+            Numeric data (may have a decimal-point part).  This requires addi-
+            tional parameters:
+
+            o   a third int argument controlling the precision,
+
+            o   a fourth double argument constraining minimum value,
+
+            o   and a fifth double constraining maximum value.  If your system
+                supports  locales, the decimal point character must be the one
+                specified by your locale.  If the maximum value is  less  than
+                or equal to the minimum value, the range is simply ignored.
+
+                On  return,  the  field  buffer  is formatted according to the
+                printf format specification ".*f", where the '*'  is  replaced
+                by the precision argument.
+
+                For details of the precision handling see printf's man-page.
 
        TYPE_REGEXP
-            Regular expression data.  Requires a regular expression  (char  *)
-            third  argument;  the  data  is  valid  if  the regular expression
-            matches it.  Regular expressions are in the format of regcomp  and
-            regexec.  Please notice that the regular expression must match the
-            whole field. If you have  for  example  an  eight  character  wide
-            field,  a regular expression "^[0-9]*$" always means that you have
-            to fill all eight positions with digits.  If  you  want  to  allow
-            fewer  digits,  you may use for example "^[0-9]* *$" which is good
-            for trailing spaces (up to an empty  field),  or  "^  *[0-9]*  *$"
-            which is good for leading and trailing spaces around the digits.
+            Regular  expression  data.  Requires a regular expression (char *)
+            third argument.  The data  is  valid  if  the  regular  expression
+            matches it.
+
+            Regular expressions are in the format of regcomp and regexec.
+
+            The  regular  expression  must match the whole field.  If you have
+            for example, an eight character wide field, a  regular  expression
+            "^[0-9]*$"  always means that you have to fill all eight positions
+            with digits.  If you want to allow fewer digits, you may  use  for
+            example  "^[0-9]*  *$" which is good for trailing spaces (up to an
+            empty field), or "^ *[0-9]* *$" which  is  good  for  leading  and
+            trailing spaces around the digits.
 
        TYPE_IPV4
-            An  Internet  Protocol  Version  4 address. This requires no addi-
-            tional argument. It is checked whether or not the buffer  has  the
-            form  a.b.c.d,  where  a,b,c  and d are numbers between 0 and 255.
-            Trailing blanks in the buffer are ignored. The address  itself  is
-            not validated. Please note that this is an ncurses extension. This
-            field type may not be available in other curses implementations.
+            An  Internet  Protocol  Version 4 address.  This requires no addi-
+            tional argument.  The library checks whether or not the buffer has
+            the form a.b.c.d, where a,b,c and d are numbers between 0 and 255.
+            Trailing blanks in the buffer are ignored.  The address itself  is
+            not validated.
+
+            This is an ncurses extension; this field type may not be available
+            in other curses implementations.
 
        It is possible to set up new programmer-defined field types.   See  the
        form_fieldtype(3x) manual page.

RETURN VALUE

-       The  functions field_type and field_arg return NULL on error. The func-
+       The functions field_type and field_arg return NULL on error.  The func-
        tion set_field_type returns one of the following:
 
        E_OK The routine succeeded.
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html
index dfa6b887..71448a2a 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html
index a6361e87..79b29532 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html
index 3c9af919..8b7ffff4 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html
index b02c0363..58ce75a2 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.12 2018/04/28 19:58:50 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:20:04 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html
index eaae9017..f32e40b7 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html
index 46528c6e..451c967a 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -74,8 +74,8 @@
        The function form_page returns the form's current page number.
 
        The  function  field_index  returns the index of the field in the field
-       array of the form it is connected to. It returns ERR if the argument is
-       the null pointer or the field is not connected.
+       array of the form it is connected to.  It returns ERR if  the  argument
+       is the null pointer or the field is not connected.

RETURN VALUE

diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html
index 0e9c1b96..cf9614f2 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html
index d7cf35b3..520d7118 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
        The function form_request_name returns the printable  name  of  a  form
        request code.
        The  function  form_request_by_name  searches  in  the name-table for a
-       request with the given name and returns  its  request  code.  Otherwise
+       request with the given name and returns its  request  code.   Otherwise
        E_NO_MATCH is returned.
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html
index b248b9c9..cf0645f7 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html
index c3a15c43..60b23b6e 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html b/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html
index 851a2c13..861ffb1c 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.71 2018/05/19 21:07:17 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.73 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@
 
        https://invisible-island.net/ncurses/tctest.html
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).

AUTHOR

diff --git a/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html b/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html
index 36ee54cc..783fcec1 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@

SYNOPSIS

-       infotocap [-vn width]  [-V] [-1] [-w width] file . . .
+       infotocap [-vn width]  [-V] [-1] [-w width] file ...

DESCRIPTION

@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

SEE ALSO

        curses(3x), tic(1m), infocmp(1m), terminfo(5)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).

AUTHOR

diff --git a/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html b/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html
index c72717a6..34736b68 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html b/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html
index b9d08cdc..0fbba203 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html b/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html
index 83aed7f6..09abe33f 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html
index 65d749de..f1065bb5 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
        curses(3x)  and  related  pages  whose names begin "menu_" for detailed
        descriptions of the entry points.
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html
index bfe3568f..3aae7f44 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html
index a6b0b667..bfc72c46 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html
index 50127f97..338a68ad 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

PORTABILITY

        These  routines  emulate the System V menu library.  They were not sup-
-       ported on Version 7 or BSD versions. The support for  mouse  events  is
+       ported on Version 7 or BSD versions.  The support for mouse  events  is
        ncurses specific.
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html
index 7e44410f..679b8066 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@

DESCRIPTION

        The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size of the given
        menu.  If this size is too small to display all menu  items,  the  menu
-       will  be made scrollable. If this size is larger than the menus subwin-
+       will be made scrollable.  If this size is larger than the menus subwin-
        dow and the subwindow is too small to display all menu items, post_menu
        will fail.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html
index df686ac5..a7805fdb 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html
index 02fc400e..50a1221c 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html
index f91da153..08f0fc85 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
        string.   Note  that  changing the length of the mark string for a menu
        while the menu is posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
 
-       The default string is "-" (a dash). Calling set_menu_mark with  a  non-
+       The default string is "-" (a dash).  Calling set_menu_mark with a  non-
        NULL menu argument will change this default.
 
        The function menu_mark returns the menu's mark string (or NULL if there
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html
index 57cb9552..759ccaa1 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html
index c8a703ac..e287bbbe 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html
index b4688b44..8aca2c46 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html
index 853844e1..4418886f 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
        The function post_menu displays a menu to its associated subwindow.  To
        trigger  physical  display  of  the  subwindow, use refresh(3x) or some
        equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an curses
-       input  request  will  do). post_menu resets the selection status of all
+       input  request  will do).  post_menu resets the selection status of all
        items.
 
        The function unpost_menu erases menu from its associated subwindow.
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html
index 5de903d4..1cdf0ae8 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html
index 99e2e5de..1b673b94 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html
index 0428a879..9c998658 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html
index c64e2cde..340b314b 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html
index 48da9f5b..645e7b53 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html
index 05e88514..8e62c6b6 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html
index 1a527080..d8667069 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@

DESCRIPTION

        The  function new_item allocates a new item and initializes it from the
-       name and description pointers. Please notice that the item stores  only
-       the  pointers to the name and description. Those pointers must be valid
-       during the lifetime of the item. So you should  be  very  careful  with
+       name and description pointers.  Please notice that the item stores only
+       the pointers to the name and description.  Those pointers must be valid
+       during the lifetime of the item.  So you should be  very  careful  with
        names or descriptions allocated on the stack of some routines.
-       The  function  free_item de-allocates an item. Please notice that it is
+       The  function free_item de-allocates an item.  Please notice that it is
        the responsibility of the application to release  the  memory  for  the
        name or the description of the item.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html
index 66f48dde..1312f108 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html
index af37d1fb..29206863 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html
index f985ea81..52666eba 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html
index a7418e2f..a15b6fd5 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html b/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html
index 57dc5259..ef4eda04 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
        method of updating  character  screens  with  reasonable  optimization.
        This  implementation  is  "new  curses"  (ncurses)  and is the approved
        replacement for 4.4BSD classic curses,  which  has  been  discontinued.
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).
 
        The  ncurses  library emulates the curses library of System V Release 4
        UNIX, and XPG4 (X/Open Portability Guide) curses  (also  known  as  XSI
@@ -1156,24 +1156,45 @@
 
                 -lncursesw
 
-            You must also define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED when compiling for the
-            wide-character  library to use the extended (wide-character) func-
-            tions.  The curses.h file which is installed for the  wide-charac-
-            ter library is designed to be compatible with the normal library's
-            header.  Only the size of the WINDOW structure differs,  and  very
-            few  applications  require more than a pointer to WINDOWs.  If the
-            headers  are  installed  allowing  overwrite,  the  wide-character
-            library's  headers should be installed last, to allow applications
-            to be built using either library from the same set of headers.
+            You must also enable the wide-character  features  in  the  header
+            file  when  compiling  for  the  wide-character library to use the
+            extended (wide-character) functions.   The  symbol  which  enables
+            these features has changed since XSI Curses, Issue 4:
+
+            o   Originally,  the  wide-character  feature  required the symbol
+                _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED  but  that  was  only  valid  for  XPG4
+                (1996).
+
+            o   Later,  that was deemed conflicting with _XOPEN_SOURCE defined
+                to 500.
+
+            o   As of mid-2018, none of the features  in  this  implementation
+                require  a  _XOPEN_SOURCE  feature greater than 600.  However,
+                X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) recommends defining it to 700.
+
+            o   Alternatively,  you  can  enable  the  feature   by   defining
+                NCURSES_WIDECHAR  with  the caveat that some other header file
+                than curses.h may require a specific value  for  _XOPEN_SOURCE
+                (or a system-specific symbol).
+
+            The  curses.h  file  which  is  installed  for  the wide-character
+            library is designed to be compatible  with  the  normal  library's
+            header.   Only  the size of the WINDOW structure differs, and very
+            few applications require more than a pointer to WINDOWs.
+
+            If the headers are installed allowing overwrite, the  wide-charac-
+            ter  library's headers should be installed last, to allow applica-
+            tions to be built using either library from the same set of  head-
+            ers.
 
        --with-pthread
-            The configure script renames the  library.   All  of  the  library
-            names  have  a  "t"  appended  to  them  (before  any "w" added by
+            The  configure  script  renames  the  library.  All of the library
+            names have a "t"  appended  to  them  (before  any  "w"  added  by
             --enable-widec).
 
             The global variables such as LINES are replaced by macros to allow
             read-only access.  At the same time, setter-functions are provided
-            to set these values.  Some applications  (very  few)  may  require
+            to  set  these  values.   Some applications (very few) may require
             changes to work with this convention.
 
        --with-shared
@@ -1183,79 +1204,79 @@
        --with-debug
 
        --with-profile
-            The  shared and normal (static) library names differ by their suf-
-            fixes, e.g., libncurses.so and libncurses.a.  The debug  and  pro-
-            filing  libraries  add a "_g" and a "_p" to the root names respec-
+            The shared and normal (static) library names differ by their  suf-
+            fixes,  e.g.,  libncurses.so and libncurses.a.  The debug and pro-
+            filing libraries add a "_g" and a "_p" to the root  names  respec-
             tively, e.g., libncurses_g.a and libncurses_p.a.
 
        --with-trace
-            The trace function normally resides in the debug library,  but  it
+            The  trace  function normally resides in the debug library, but it
             is sometimes useful to configure this in the shared library.  Con-
-            figure scripts should check for the  function's  existence  rather
+            figure  scripts  should  check for the function's existence rather
             than assuming it is always in the debug library.

FILES

        /usr/share/tabset
-            directory  containing  initialization files for the terminal capa-
+            directory containing initialization files for the  terminal  capa-
             bility database /usr/share/terminfo terminal capability database

SEE ALSO

-       terminfo(5) and related pages whose names begin  "curs_"  for  detailed
+       terminfo(5)  and  related  pages whose names begin "curs_" for detailed
        routine descriptions.
        curs_variables(3x)
        user_caps(5) for user-defined capabilities

EXTENSIONS

-       The  ncurses library can be compiled with an option (-DUSE_GETCAP) that
-       falls back to the old-style /etc/termcap file  if  the  terminal  setup
-       code  cannot  find a terminfo entry corresponding to TERM.  Use of this
-       feature is not recommended, as it essentially includes an entire  term-
-       cap  compiler  in the ncurses startup code, at significant cost in core
+       The ncurses library can be compiled with an option (-DUSE_GETCAP)  that
+       falls  back  to  the  old-style /etc/termcap file if the terminal setup
+       code cannot find a terminfo entry corresponding to TERM.  Use  of  this
+       feature  is not recommended, as it essentially includes an entire term-
+       cap compiler in the ncurses startup code, at significant cost  in  core
        and startup cycles.
 
-       The ncurses library includes facilities for capturing mouse  events  on
-       certain  terminals  (including  xterm).   See the curs_mouse(3x) manual
+       The  ncurses  library includes facilities for capturing mouse events on
+       certain terminals (including xterm).   See  the  curs_mouse(3x)  manual
        page for details.
 
        The ncurses library includes facilities for responding to window resiz-
        ing events, e.g., when running in an xterm.  See the resizeterm(3x) and
-       wresize(3x) manual pages for details.  In addition, the library may  be
+       wresize(3x)  manual pages for details.  In addition, the library may be
        configured with a SIGWINCH handler.
 
-       The  ncurses library extends the fixed set of function key capabilities
-       of terminals by allowing the application designer to define  additional
-       key  sequences at runtime.  See the define_key(3x) key_defined(3x), and
+       The ncurses library extends the fixed set of function key  capabilities
+       of  terminals by allowing the application designer to define additional
+       key sequences at runtime.  See the define_key(3x) key_defined(3x),  and
        keyok(3x) manual pages for details.
 
-       The ncurses library can exploit the  capabilities  of  terminals  which
-       implement  the  ISO-6429  SGR  39  and  SGR 49 controls, which allow an
-       application to reset the terminal to its original foreground and  back-
+       The  ncurses  library  can  exploit the capabilities of terminals which
+       implement the ISO-6429 SGR 39 and  SGR  49  controls,  which  allow  an
+       application  to reset the terminal to its original foreground and back-
        ground colors.  From the users' perspective, the application is able to
-       draw colored text on a background whose  color  is  set  independently,
-       providing  better  control  over color contrasts.  See the default_col-
+       draw  colored  text  on  a background whose color is set independently,
+       providing better control over color contrasts.   See  the  default_col-
        ors(3x) manual page for details.
 
-       The ncurses library includes a function for directing application  out-
-       put   to   a   printer  attached  to  the  terminal  device.   See  the
+       The  ncurses library includes a function for directing application out-
+       put  to  a  printer  attached  to  the  terminal   device.    See   the
        curs_print(3x) manual page for details.

PORTABILITY

-       The ncurses library is intended to be BASE-level  conformant  with  XSI
-       Curses.   The  EXTENDED  XSI Curses functionality (including color sup-
+       The  ncurses  library  is intended to be BASE-level conformant with XSI
+       Curses.  The EXTENDED XSI Curses functionality  (including  color  sup-
        port) is supported.
 
-       A small number of local differences (that  is,  individual  differences
-       between  the XSI Curses and ncurses calls) are described in PORTABILITY
+       A  small  number  of local differences (that is, individual differences
+       between the XSI Curses and ncurses calls) are described in  PORTABILITY
        sections of the library man pages.
 
        Unlike other implementations, this one checks parameters such as point-
-       ers  to WINDOW structures to ensure they are not null.  The main reason
-       for providing this behavior is to guard against programmer error.   The
-       standard  interface  does  not provide a way for the library to tell an
+       ers to WINDOW structures to ensure they are not null.  The main  reason
+       for  providing this behavior is to guard against programmer error.  The
+       standard interface does not provide a way for the library  to  tell  an
        application which of several possible errors were detected.  Relying on
        this (or some other) extension will adversely affect the portability of
        curses applications.
@@ -1265,15 +1286,15 @@
        o   The routine has_key is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
            See the curs_getch(3x) manual page for details.
 
-       o   The  routine  slk_attr  is  not  part of XPG4, nor is it present in
+       o   The routine slk_attr is not part of XPG4,  nor  is  it  present  in
            SVr4.  See the curs_slk(3x) manual page for details.
 
-       o   The routines getmouse, mousemask,  ungetmouse,  mouseinterval,  and
-           wenclose  relating  to  mouse interfacing are not part of XPG4, nor
-           are they present in SVr4.  See the curs_mouse(3x) manual  page  for
+       o   The  routines  getmouse,  mousemask, ungetmouse, mouseinterval, and
+           wenclose relating to mouse interfacing are not part  of  XPG4,  nor
+           are  they  present in SVr4.  See the curs_mouse(3x) manual page for
            details.
 
-       o   The  routine  mcprint was not present in any previous curses imple-
+       o   The routine mcprint was not present in any previous  curses  imple-
            mentation.  See the curs_print(3x) manual page for details.
 
        o   The routine wresize is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4.
@@ -1283,28 +1304,28 @@
            tion programs.  See curs_opaque(3x) for the discussion of is_scrol-
            lok, etc.
 
-       o   This  implementation  can be configured to provide rudimentary sup-
-           port for multi-threaded  applications.   See  curs_threads(3x)  for
+       o   This implementation can be configured to provide  rudimentary  sup-
+           port  for  multi-threaded  applications.   See curs_threads(3x) for
            details.
 
-       o   This  implementation  can  also  be  configured to provide a set of
-           functions which improve the ability  to  manage  multiple  screens.
+       o   This implementation can also be configured  to  provide  a  set  of
+           functions  which  improve  the  ability to manage multiple screens.
            See curs_sp_funcs(3x) for details.
 
-       In  historic  curses  versions, delays embedded in the capabilities cr,
-       ind, cub1, ff and tab activated corresponding delay bits  in  the  UNIX
+       In historic curses versions, delays embedded in  the  capabilities  cr,
+       ind,  cub1,  ff  and tab activated corresponding delay bits in the UNIX
        tty driver.  In this implementation, all padding is done by sending NUL
-       bytes.  This method is slightly more expensive, but narrows the  inter-
-       face  to  the  UNIX  kernel  significantly  and increases the package's
+       bytes.   This method is slightly more expensive, but narrows the inter-
+       face to the UNIX  kernel  significantly  and  increases  the  package's
        portability correspondingly.

NOTES

-       The header file <curses.h>  automatically  includes  the  header  files
+       The  header  file  <curses.h>  automatically  includes the header files
        <stdio.h> and <unctrl.h>.
 
-       If  standard  output from a ncurses program is re-directed to something
-       which is not a tty, screen updates will be directed to standard  error.
+       If standard output from a ncurses program is re-directed  to  something
+       which  is not a tty, screen updates will be directed to standard error.
        This was an undocumented feature of AT&T System V Release 3 curses.
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html b/doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html
index 4e7a8bf0..40b276d2 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/ncurses6-config.1.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

SEE ALSO

        curses(3x)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html b/doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html
index 4f7a2ecd..4bd4766c 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/new_pair.3x.html
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
   * Author: Thomas E. Dickey
-  * @Id: new_pair.3x,v 1.11 2018/04/01 00:01:17 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: new_pair.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 22:19:56 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html b/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html
index a8ba3393..8fcf533b 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
        currently  visible panels is the stack of panels.  The stdscr window is
        beneath all panels, and is not considered part of the stack.
 
-       A window is associated with every panel. The panel routines enable  you
+       A window is associated with every panel.  The panel routines enable you
        to  create, move, hide, and show panels, as well as position a panel at
        any desired location in the stack.
 
@@ -94,12 +94,12 @@
               above any other panel) and returns a pointer to the new panel.
 
        update_panels
-              refreshes  the  virtual  screen to reflect the relations between
+              refreshes  the  virtual  screen to reflect the relations between
               the panels in the stack, but does not call doupdate  to  refresh
-              the  physical  screen.   Use  this  function and not wrefresh or
+              the  physical  screen.   Use  this  function and not wrefresh or
               wnoutrefresh.  update_panels may be called more than once before
               a call to doupdate, but doupdate is the function responsible for
-              updating the physical screen.
+              updating the physical screen.
 
        del_panel(pan)
               removes the given panel from  the   stack  and  deallocates  the
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 
        hide_panel(pan)
               removes  the  given panel from the panel stack and thus hides it
-              from view. The PANEL structure is not lost, merely removed  from
+              from view.  The PANEL structure is not lost, merely removed from
               the stack.
 
        panel_hidden(pan)
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 
        show_panel(pan)
               makes a hidden panel visible by placing it on top of the  panels
-              in the panel stack. See COMPATIBILITY below.
+              in the panel stack.  See COMPATIBILITY below.
 
        top_panel(pan)
               puts  the given visible panel on top of all panels in the stack.
@@ -167,16 +167,16 @@
        Reasonable care has been taken  to   ensure   compatibility  with   the
        native   panel  facility introduced in System V (inspection of the SVr4
        manual pages suggests the programming  interface  is  unchanged).   The
-       PANEL data structures are merely  similar. The  programmer is cautioned
-       not to directly use PANEL fields.
+       PANEL  data  structures  are  merely  similar.  The  programmer is cau-
+       tioned not to directly use PANEL fields.
 
        The functions show_panel and top_panel are identical in this  implemen-
        tation,  and work equally well with displayed or hidden panels.  In the
        native System V implementation, show_panel is  intended  for  making  a
        hidden  panel  visible  (at  the  top  of  the  stack) and top_panel is
        intended for making an already-visible panel move to  the  top  of  the
-       stack. You are cautioned to use the correct function to ensure compati-
-       bility with native panel libraries.
+       stack.  You are cautioned to use the correct function to ensure compat-
+       ibility with native panel libraries.

NOTE

@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

SEE ALSO

        curses(3x), curs_variables(3x),
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).

AUTHOR

diff --git a/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html b/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html
index d402f870..8806b772 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html b/doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html
index 206c1380..87bd4c4e 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/scr_dump.5.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: scr_dump.5,v 1.13 2018/05/19 21:10:21 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: scr_dump.5,v 1.15 2018/07/28 21:46:15 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html b/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html
index b3ba336c..874ee1a2 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: tabs.1,v 1.17 2018/05/19 21:07:46 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: tabs.1,v 1.19 2018/07/28 21:46:31 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

SEE ALSO

        tset(1), infocmp(1m), curses(3x), terminfo(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/term.5.html b/doc/html/man/term.5.html
index 3337068a..4d1679e3 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/term.5.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/term.5.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: term.5,v 1.29 2018/05/19 21:09:25 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: term.5,v 1.30 2018/07/28 21:46:48 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/term.7.html b/doc/html/man/term.7.html
index 5be2eb50..f3499d31 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/term.7.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/term.7.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html b/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html
index c3b2183d..d5001efd 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
   * Note: this must be run through tbl before nroff.
   * The magic cookie on the first line triggers this under some man programs.
   ****************************************************************************
-  * Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
   *                                                                          *
   * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
   * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: terminfo.head,v 1.33 2018/05/19 20:57:27 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: terminfo.head,v 1.35 2018/07/28 22:29:09 tom Exp @
   * Head of terminfo man page ends here
   * @Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.89 2018/05/19 21:01:52 tom Exp @
   * Beginning of terminfo.tail file
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
        Terminfo describes terminals by giving a set of capabilities which they
        have, by specifying how to perform screen operations, and by specifying
        padding  requirements  and  initialization  sequences.   This describes
-       ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).

Terminfo Entry Syntax

diff --git a/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html b/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html
index 9dfe7197..8cd38311 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
        infocmp(1m),   captoinfo(1m),   infotocap(1m),   toe(1m),   curses(3x),
        term(5).  terminfo(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).

AUTHOR

diff --git a/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html b/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html
index b85685e2..e3b26341 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
        tic(1m), infocmp(1m), captoinfo(1m),  infotocap(1m),  curses(3x),  ter-
        minfo(5).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/tput.1.html b/doc/html/man/tput.1.html
index 4b6ec0ff..cbfe3660 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/tput.1.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/tput.1.html
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: tput.1,v 1.58 2018/05/19 21:07:46 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: tput.1,v 1.59 2018/07/28 21:30:27 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
            pens to be a hardware terminal.
 
        o   The two programs write the terminal initialization strings to  dif-
-           ferent streams (i.e.,. the standard error for tset and the standard
+           ferent  streams (i.e., the standard error for tset and the standard
            output for tput).
 
            Note: although these programs write to different streams, redirect-
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@

SEE ALSO

        clear(1), stty(1), tabs(1), tset(1), terminfo(5), curs_termcap(3x).
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/tset.1.html b/doc/html/man/tset.1.html
index ad94c427..fe4478b7 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/tset.1.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/tset.1.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: tset.1,v 1.53 2018/05/19 21:07:46 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: tset.1,v 1.54 2018/07/28 21:30:27 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
        csh(1),  sh(1),  stty(1),   curs_terminfo(3x),   tty(4),   terminfo(5),
        ttys(5), environ(7)
 
-       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180519).
+       This describes ncurses version 6.1 (patch 20180728).
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html b/doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html
index 43708d13..fe0c3b1c 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/user_caps.5.html
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
   * authorization.                                                           *
   ****************************************************************************
-  * @Id: user_caps.5,v 1.7 2018/02/17 19:07:01 tom Exp @
+  * @Id: user_caps.5,v 1.9 2018/07/28 22:05:23 tom Exp @
 -->
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html b/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html
index a07c8d1a..fb9e536a 100644
--- a/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html
+++ b/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/man/captoinfo.1m b/man/captoinfo.1m
index 62bcaef5..8c5d77b8 100644
--- a/man/captoinfo.1m
+++ b/man/captoinfo.1m
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,14 +27,14 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.26 2016/10/15 17:26:09 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.27 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH @CAPTOINFO@ 1M ""
 .ds n 5
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
 .SH NAME
 \fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR \- convert a \fItermcap\fR description into a \fIterminfo\fR description
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR [\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR]  [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] [\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR . . .
+\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR [\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR]  [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] [\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR ...
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 \fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR looks in each given text
 \fIfile\fR for \fBtermcap\fR descriptions.
diff --git a/man/clear.1 b/man/clear.1
index 6b611da2..21ce43c2 100644
--- a/man/clear.1
+++ b/man/clear.1
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.20 2018/05/19 21:03:03 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.22 2018/07/28 21:45:40 tom Exp $
 .TH @CLEAR@ 1 ""
 .\" these would be fallbacks for DS/DE,
 .\" but groff changed the meaning of the macros.
@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -138,7 +139,8 @@ The Linux change, part of the 3.0 release, did not mention xterm,
 although it was cited in the Red Hat bug report (#683733)
 which led to the change.
 .bP
-Again, a few other terminal developers adopted the feature.  But the
+Again, a few other terminal developers adopted the feature.
+But the
 next relevant step was a change to the \fBclear\fP program in 2013
 to incorporate this extension.
 .bP
diff --git a/man/curs_addch.3x b/man/curs_addch.3x
index 664b8da5..d502faab 100644
--- a/man/curs_addch.3x
+++ b/man/curs_addch.3x
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.45 2018/05/19 21:03:18 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.46 2018/07/28 21:02:35 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_addch 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -94,7 +94,8 @@ Tabs are considered to be at every eighth column.
 The tab interval may be altered by setting the \fBTABSIZE\fR variable.
 .PP
 If \fIch\fR is any other control character, it
-is drawn in \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation.  Calling \fBwinch\fR after adding a
+is drawn in \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation.
+Calling \fBwinch\fR after adding a
 control character does not return the character itself, but instead returns
 the ^-representation of the control character.
 .PP
@@ -108,13 +109,15 @@ into characters.
 .PP
 The \fBechochar\fR and \fBwechochar\fR routines are equivalent to a call to
 \fBaddch\fR followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fR(3X), or a call to \fBwaddch\fR
-followed by a call to \fBwrefresh\fR.  The knowledge that only a single
+followed by a call to \fBwrefresh\fR.
+The knowledge that only a single
 character is being output is used and, for non-control characters, a
 considerable performance gain may be seen by using these routines instead of
 their equivalents.
 .SS Line Graphics
 The following variables may be used to add line drawing characters to the
-screen with routines of the \fBaddch\fR family.  The default character listed
+screen with routines of the \fBaddch\fR family.
+The default character listed
 below is used if the \fBacsc\fR capability does not define a terminal-specific
 replacement for it,
 or if the terminal and locale configuration requires Unicode but the
@@ -192,10 +195,12 @@ ACS_PI,
 ACS_NEQUAL,
 ACS_STERLING)
 were not documented in
-any publicly released System V.  However, many publicly available terminfos
+any publicly released System V.
+However, many publicly available terminfos
 include \fBacsc\fR strings in which their key characters (pryz{|}) are
 embedded, and a second-hand list of their character descriptions has come
-to light.  The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for \fBncurses\fR(3X).
+to light.
+The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for \fBncurses\fR(3X).
 .LP
 The \fIdisplayed\fP values for the \fIACS_\fP and \fIWACS_\fP constants
 depend on 
diff --git a/man/curs_attr.3x b/man/curs_attr.3x
index 4b394824..73ea47a8 100644
--- a/man/curs_attr.3x
+++ b/man/curs_attr.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.62 2017/12/16 20:16:07 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.64 2018/07/28 22:15:59 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_attr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -44,7 +44,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -197,7 +198,7 @@ it is the same size as \fBchtype\fP (used by \fBaddch\fP(3X)).
 It holds the common video attributes (such as bold, reverse),
 as well as a few bits for color.
 Those bits correspond to the \fBA_COLOR\fP symbol.
-The \fBCOLOR_PAIR\fP macro provides a value which can be OR'd into 
+The \fBCOLOR_PAIR\fP macro provides a value which can be OR'd into
 the attribute parameter.
 For example,
 as long as that value fits into the \fBA_COLOR\fP mask,
@@ -210,7 +211,8 @@ attr_set(A_BOLD, \fIpair\fP, NULL);
 However, if the value does not fit, then the \fBCOLOR_PAIR\fP macro
 uses only the bits that fit.
 For example, because in ncurses \fBA_COLOR\fP has eight (8) bits,
-then \fBCOLOR_PAIR(259)\fP is 4 (259\-255).
+then \fBCOLOR_PAIR(\fP\fI259\fP\fB)\fP is 4
+(i.e., 259 is 4 more than the limit 255).
 .PP
 The \fBPAIR_NUMBER\fP macro extracts a pair number from an \fBint\fP
 (or \fBchtype\fP).
@@ -327,7 +329,8 @@ Color pair values can only be OR'd with attributes if the pair
 number is less than 256.
 The alternate functions such as \fBcolor_set\fP can pass a color pair
 value directly.
-However, ncurses ABI 4 and 5 simply OR this value within the alternate functions.
+However, ncurses ABI 4 and 5 simply OR this value
+within the alternate functions.
 You must use ncurses ABI 6 to support more than 256 color pairs.
 .\" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -397,7 +400,7 @@ l l l l l l .
 1992	HPUX 9	32	no	8	SVr2 curses
 1992	AIX 3.2	32	no	23	SVr2 curses
 1994	OSF/1 r3	32	no	23	SVr2 curses
-1995	HP-UX 10.00	32	6	16	SVr3 \*(``curses_colr\*('' 
+1995	HP-UX 10.00	32	6	16	SVr3 \*(``curses_colr\*(''
 1995	HP-UX 10.00	32	6	8	SVr4, X/Open curses
 1995	Solaris 5.4	32/64	7	16	X/Open curses
 1996	AIX 4.2	32	7	16	X/Open curses
@@ -433,12 +436,13 @@ The initial release of Solaris was in 1992.
 The \fIxpg4\fP (X/Open) curses was developed by MKS from 1990 to 1995.
 Sun's copyright began in 1996.
 .bP
-Sun updated the X/Open curses interface after 64-bit support was introduced in 1997,
+Sun updated the X/Open curses interface
+after 64-bit support was introduced in 1997,
 but did not modify the SVr4 curses interface.
 .PP
 Regarding U/Win,
 .bP
-Development of the curses library began in 1991, stopped in 2000. 
+Development of the curses library began in 1991, stopped in 2000.
 .bP
 Color support was added in 1998.
 .bP
@@ -447,7 +451,8 @@ The library uses only \fBchtype\fP (no \fBcchar_t\fP).
 .PP
 Once X/Open curses was adopted in the mid-1990s, the constraint of
 a 32-bit interface with many colors and wide-characters for \fBchtype\fP
-became a moot point.  The \fBcchar_t\fP structure (whose size and
+became a moot point.
+The \fBcchar_t\fP structure (whose size and
 members are not specified in X/Open Curses) could be extended as needed.
 .PP
 Other interfaces are rarely used now:
diff --git a/man/curs_beep.3x b/man/curs_beep.3x
index c6af6f09..a2a24933 100644
--- a/man/curs_beep.3x
+++ b/man/curs_beep.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_beep.3x,v 1.12 2010/12/04 18:36:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_beep.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_beep 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBbeep\fR, \fBflash\fR \- \fBcurses\fR bell and screen flash routines
@@ -40,9 +40,12 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The \fBbeep\fR and \fBflash\fR routines are used to alert the terminal user.
 The routine \fBbeep\fR sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible;
-otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell).  The routine \fBflash\fR
-flashes the screen, and if that is not possible, sounds the alert.  If neither
-alert is possible, nothing happens.  Nearly all terminals have an audible alert
+otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell).
+The routine \fBflash\fR
+flashes the screen, and if that is not possible, sounds the alert.
+If neither
+alert is possible, nothing happens.
+Nearly all terminals have an audible alert
 (bell or beep), but only some can flash the screen.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These routines return \fBOK\fR if they succeed in beeping or flashing,
diff --git a/man/curs_bkgd.3x b/man/curs_bkgd.3x
index 757186cf..2dc21e6a 100644
--- a/man/curs_bkgd.3x
+++ b/man/curs_bkgd.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.25 2017/11/18 23:56:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.26 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
@@ -56,9 +56,11 @@ background of the named window.
 The window background is a \fBchtype\fR consisting of
 any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character.
 The attribute part of the background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank
-characters that are written into the window with \fBwaddch\fR.  Both
+characters that are written into the window with \fBwaddch\fR.
+Both
 the character and attribute parts of the background are combined with
-the blank characters.  The background becomes a property of the
+the blank characters.
+The background becomes a property of the
 character and moves with the character through any scrolling and
 insert/delete line/character operations.
 .PP
diff --git a/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x b/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x
index 1a6b0e84..8a092022 100644
--- a/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x
+++ b/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_bkgrnd.3x,v 1.8 2017/11/18 23:47:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_bkgrnd.3x,v 1.9 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
@@ -63,7 +63,8 @@ background of the named window.
 The window background is a \fBcchar_t\fR consisting of
 any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a complex character.
 The attribute part of the background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank
-characters that are written into the window with \fBwaddch\fR.  Both
+characters that are written into the window with \fBwaddch\fR.
+Both
 the character and attribute parts of the background are combined with
 the blank characters.
 The background becomes a property of the
diff --git a/man/curs_border.3x b/man/curs_border.3x
index 5a58e9db..70efe1ec 100644
--- a/man/curs_border.3x
+++ b/man/curs_border.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.22 2010/12/04 18:36:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.23 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_border 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -121,16 +121,21 @@ for the following call: \fBwborder(\fR\fIwin\fR\fB,\fR \fIverch\fR\fB,\fR
 \fIverch\fR\fB,\fR \fIhorch\fR\fB,\fR \fIhorch\fR\fB, 0, 0, 0, 0)\fR.
 .PP
 The \fBhline\fR and \fBwhline\fR functions draw a horizontal (left to right)
-line using \fIch\fR starting at the current cursor position in the window.  The
-current cursor position is not changed.  The line is at most \fIn\fR characters
+line using \fIch\fR starting at the current cursor position in the window.
+The
+current cursor position is not changed.
+The line is at most \fIn\fR characters
 long, or as many as fit into the window.
 .PP
 The \fBvline\fR and \fBwvline\fR functions draw a vertical (top to bottom) line
-using \fIch\fR starting at the current cursor position in the window.  The
-current cursor position is not changed.  The line is at most \fIn\fR characters
+using \fIch\fR starting at the current cursor position in the window.
+The
+current cursor position is not changed.
+The line is at most \fIn\fR characters
 long, or as many as fit into the window.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-All routines return the integer \fBOK\fR.  The SVr4.0 manual says "or a
+All routines return the integer \fBOK\fR.
+The SVr4.0 manual says "or a
 non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fR is set", but this appears to be an error.
 .PP
 X/Open does not define any error conditions.
diff --git a/man/curs_clear.3x b/man/curs_clear.3x
index dec519b4..8668feb8 100644
--- a/man/curs_clear.3x
+++ b/man/curs_clear.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_clear.3x,v 1.15 2016/10/15 17:02:31 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_clear.3x,v 1.16 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_clear 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -70,7 +70,8 @@ cleared completely on the next call to \fBwrefresh\fR for that window
 and repainted from scratch.
 .PP
 The \fBclrtobot\fR and \fBwclrtobot\fR routines erase from the cursor to the
-end of screen.  That is, they erase all lines below the cursor in the window.
+end of screen.
+That is, they erase all lines below the cursor in the window.
 Also, the current line to the right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased.
 .PP
 The \fBclrtoeol\fR and \fBwclrtoeol\fR routines erase the current line
@@ -90,13 +91,15 @@ functions using a window pointer parameter return an error if it is null.
 Note that \fBerase\fR, \fBwerase\fR, \fBclear\fR, \fBwclear\fR,
 \fBclrtobot\fR, and \fBclrtoeol\fR may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  The
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+The
 standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no
 error conditions.
 .PP
 Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature, the
 ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fR by saying
-\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fR or \fBclear(stdscr)\fR.  This will not work under
+\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fR or \fBclear(stdscr)\fR.
+This will not work under
 ncurses.
 .PP
 This implementation, and others such as Solaris,
diff --git a/man/curs_color.3x b/man/curs_color.3x
index ac868be1..f5604e03 100644
--- a/man/curs_color.3x
+++ b/man/curs_color.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.53 2017/11/20 01:03:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.55 2018/07/28 22:15:59 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_color 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ background color for all terminals.
 .fi
 .PP
 Some terminals support more than the eight (8) \*(``ANSI\*('' colors.
-There are no standard names for those additional colors. 
+There are no standard names for those additional colors.
 .SH VARIABLES
 .SS COLORS
 is initialized by \fBstart_color\fP to the maximum number of colors
@@ -232,7 +232,8 @@ inclusive (including \fB0\fP and \fBCOLORS\-1\fP).
 a special color value \fB\-1\fP is used in certain extended functions
 to denote the \fIdefault color\fP (see \fBuse_default_colors\fP).
 .bP
-\fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fP corresponds to the terminal database's \fBmax_pairs\fP capability,
+\fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fP corresponds to
+the terminal database's \fBmax_pairs\fP capability,
 (see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)).
 .bP
 legal color pair values are in the range \fB1\fP to \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\-1\fP,
@@ -261,7 +262,8 @@ This routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs.
 .SS init_pair
 .PP
 The \fBinit_pair\fR routine changes the definition of a color-pair.
-It takes three arguments: the number of the color-pair to be changed, the foreground
+It takes three arguments:
+the number of the color-pair to be changed, the foreground
 color number, and the background color number.
 For portable applications:
 .bP
@@ -288,7 +290,8 @@ switch color palettes rapidly.
 .SS init_color
 .PP
 The \fBinit_color\fR routine changes the definition of a color.
-It takes four arguments: the number of the color to be changed followed by three RGB values
+It takes four arguments:
+the number of the color to be changed followed by three RGB values
 (for the amounts of red, green, and blue components).
 .bP
 The first argument must be a legal color value;
@@ -315,7 +318,8 @@ The first argument must be a legal color value, i.e.,
 .bP
 The values that are stored at the addresses pointed to by the
 last three arguments are in the range
-\fB0\fP (no component) through \fB1000\fP (maximum amount of component), inclusive.
+\fB0\fP (no component) through \fB1000\fP
+(maximum amount of component), inclusive.
 .SS pair_content
 .PP
 The \fBpair_content\fR routine allows programmers to find out what colors a
@@ -346,15 +350,16 @@ The routines \fBcan_change_color\fR and \fBhas_colors\fR return \fBTRUE\fR
 or \fBFALSE\fR.
 .PP
 All other routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR
-(SVr4 specifies only \*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fR\*('') upon successful
-completion.
+(SVr4 specifies only \*(``an integer value
+other than \fBERR\fR\*('') upon successful completion.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 This implementation will return \fBERR\fR on attempts to
 use color values outside the range \fB0\fP to \fBCOLORS\fP\-1
 (except for the default colors extension),
 or use color pairs outside the range \fB0\fP to \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\-1\fP.
-Color values used in \fBinit_color\fP must be in the range \fB0\fP to \fB1000\fP.
+Color values used in \fBinit_color\fP must be
+in the range \fB0\fP to \fB1000\fP.
 An error is returned from all functions
 if the terminal has not been initialized.
 An error is returned from secondary functions such as \fBinit_pair\fP
@@ -371,7 +376,8 @@ returns an error if the color table cannot be allocated.
 .RE
 .SH NOTES
 In the \fBncurses\fR implementation, there is a separate color activation flag,
-color palette, color pairs table, and associated \fBCOLORS\fP and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fP counts
+color palette, color pairs table,
+and associated \fBCOLORS\fP and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fP counts
 for each screen; the \fBstart_color\fR function only affects the current
 screen.
 The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with this in mind, and
@@ -383,7 +389,8 @@ To change
 the background color used when parts of a window are blanked by erasing or
 scrolling operations, see \fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3X).
 .PP
-Several caveats apply on older x86 machines (e.g., i386, i486) with VGA-compatible graphics:
+Several caveats apply on older x86 machines
+(e.g., i386, i486) with VGA-compatible graphics:
 .bP
 COLOR_YELLOW is actually brown.
 To get yellow, use COLOR_YELLOW combined with the \fBA_BOLD\fR attribute.
diff --git a/man/curs_delch.3x b/man/curs_delch.3x
index 6dfc0a05..05c3476d 100644
--- a/man/curs_delch.3x
+++ b/man/curs_delch.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_delch.3x,v 1.11 2010/12/04 18:36:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_delch.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_delch 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBdelch\fR,
@@ -47,8 +47,10 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the
 right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the
-last character on the line is filled with a blank.  The cursor position does
-not change (after moving to \fIy\fR, \fIx\fR, if specified).  (This does not
+last character on the line is filled with a blank.
+The cursor position does
+not change (after moving to \fIy\fR, \fIx\fR, if specified).
+(This does not
 imply use of the hardware delete character feature.)
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR (SVr4
@@ -61,7 +63,8 @@ or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
 Note that \fBdelch\fR, \fBmvdelch\fR, and \fBmvwdelch\fR may be macros.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  The
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+The
 standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no
 error conditions.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man/curs_deleteln.3x b/man/curs_deleteln.3x
index 83cbdec7..91415ac8 100644
--- a/man/curs_deleteln.3x
+++ b/man/curs_deleteln.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_deleteln.3x,v 1.13 2010/12/04 18:36:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_deleteln.3x,v 1.14 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_deleteln 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBdeleteln\fR,
@@ -53,13 +53,18 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The \fBdeleteln\fR and \fBwdeleteln\fR routines delete the line under the
 cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line.
-The bottom line of the window is cleared.  The cursor position does not change.
+The bottom line of the window is cleared.
+The cursor position does not change.
 .PP
 The \fBinsdelln\fR and \fBwinsdelln\fR routines, for positive \fIn\fR, insert
-\fIn\fR lines into the specified window above the current line.  The \fIn\fR
-bottom lines are lost.  For negative \fIn\fR, delete \fIn\fR lines (starting
-with the one under the cursor), and move the remaining lines up.  The bottom
-\fIn\fR lines are cleared.  The current cursor position remains the same.
+\fIn\fR lines into the specified window above the current line.
+The \fIn\fR
+bottom lines are lost.
+For negative \fIn\fR, delete \fIn\fR lines (starting
+with the one under the cursor), and move the remaining lines up.
+The bottom
+\fIn\fR lines are cleared.
+The current cursor position remains the same.
 .PP
 The \fBinsertln\fR and \fBwinsertln\fR routines insert a blank line above the
 current line and the bottom line is lost.
@@ -72,14 +77,16 @@ X/Open defines no error conditions.
 In this implementation,
 if the window parameter is null, an error is returned.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  The
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+The
 standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no
 error conditions.
 .SH NOTES
 Note that all but \fBwinsdelln\fR may be macros.
 .PP
 These routines do not require a hardware line delete or insert feature in the
-terminal.  In fact, they will not use hardware line delete/insert unless
+terminal.
+In fact, they will not use hardware line delete/insert unless
 \fBidlok(..., TRUE)\fR has been set on the current window.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBcurses\fR(3X)
diff --git a/man/curs_extend.3x b/man/curs_extend.3x
index cfb64ed3..77960c8d 100644
--- a/man/curs_extend.3x
+++ b/man/curs_extend.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2016,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999-on
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.21 2016/10/15 16:52:48 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.22 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_extend 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBcurses_version\fP,
@@ -68,8 +68,10 @@ this in your application.
 \fBuse_extended_names\fP returns the previous state, allowing you to
 save this and restore it.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines are specific to ncurses.  They were not supported on
-Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is recommended that
+These routines are specific to ncurses.
+They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBcurs_getch\fR(3X),
diff --git a/man/curs_get_wch.3x b/man/curs_get_wch.3x
index 6732a4eb..dd2b4c32 100644
--- a/man/curs_get_wch.3x
+++ b/man/curs_get_wch.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_get_wch.3x,v 1.10 2017/11/18 23:56:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_get_wch.3x,v 1.11 2018/07/28 22:20:54 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_get_wch 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ keys are listed in \fB\fR as macros with values outside the range
 of 8-bit characters.
 Their names begin with \fBKEY_\fR.
 .bP
-Other (user-defined) function keys which may be defined using \fBdefine_key\fP(3X)
-have no names, but also are expected to have values outside the range of
-8-bit characters.
+Other (user-defined) function keys
+which may be defined using \fBdefine_key\fP(3X) have no names,
+but also are expected to have values outside the range of 8-bit characters.
 .PP
 The
 \fBunget_wch\fR
diff --git a/man/curs_get_wstr.3x b/man/curs_get_wstr.3x
index 76c1d75d..43bd5307 100644
--- a/man/curs_get_wstr.3x
+++ b/man/curs_get_wstr.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_get_wstr.3x,v 1.12 2017/11/21 00:45:48 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_get_wstr.3x,v 1.14 2018/07/28 22:15:59 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_get_wstr 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -67,17 +67,22 @@ The effect of
 is as though a series of calls
 to
 \fBget_wch\fR(3X)
-were made, until a newline, other end-of-line, or end-of-file condition is processed.
-An end-of-file condition is represented by \fBWEOF\fR, as defined in \fB\fR.
-The newline and end-of-line conditions are represented by the \fB\\n\fR \fBwchar_t\fR value.
+were made, until a newline, other end-of-line,
+or end-of-file condition is processed.
+An end-of-file condition is represented by \fBWEOF\fR,
+as defined in \fB\fR.
+The newline and end-of-line conditions are represented
+by the \fB\\n\fR \fBwchar_t\fR value.
 In all instances, the end of the string is terminated by a null \fBwchar_t\fR.
 The routine places resulting values in the area pointed to by \fIwstr\fR.
 .PP
-The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.  If keypad
+The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.
+If keypad
 mode is on for the window, \fBKEY_LEFT\fR and \fBKEY_BACKSPACE\fR
 are both considered equivalent to the user's kill character.
 .PP
-Characters input are echoed only if \fBecho\fR is currently on.  In that case,
+Characters input are echoed only if \fBecho\fR is currently on.
+In that case,
 backspace is echoed as deletion of the previous character (typically a left
 motion).
 .PP
diff --git a/man/curs_getch.3x b/man/curs_getch.3x
index e74df1d8..53716bee 100644
--- a/man/curs_getch.3x
+++ b/man/curs_getch.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_getch.3x,v 1.51 2017/11/21 00:45:48 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_getch.3x,v 1.53 2018/07/28 22:15:59 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_getch 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -103,7 +103,8 @@ keys are listed in \fB\fR as macros with values outside the range
 of 8-bit characters.
 Their names begin with \fBKEY_\fR.
 .bP
-Other (user-defined) function keys which may be defined using \fBdefine_key\fP(3X)
+Other (user-defined) function keys which may be defined
+using \fBdefine_key\fP(3X)
 have no names, but also are expected to have values outside the range of
 8-bit characters.
 .PP
@@ -120,7 +121,8 @@ otherwise, the function key value is returned.
 For this reason, many terminals experience a delay between the time
 a user presses the escape key and the escape is returned to the program.
 .PP
-In \fBncurses\fP, the timer normally expires after the value in \fBESCDELAY\fP (see \fBcurs_variables\fP(3X)).
+In \fBncurses\fP, the timer normally expires after
+the value in \fBESCDELAY\fP (see \fBcurs_variables\fP(3X)).
 If \fBnotimeout\fP is \fBTRUE\fP, the timer does not expire;
 it is an infinite (or very large) value.
 Because function keys usually begin with an escape character,
@@ -315,7 +317,9 @@ discouraged, as it will cause a delay of up to one second while the
 keypad code looks for a following function-key sequence.
 .PP
 Some keys may be the same as commonly used control
-keys, e.g., \fBKEY_ENTER\fP versus control/M, \fBKEY_BACKSPACE\fP versus control/H.
+keys, e.g.,
+\fBKEY_ENTER\fP versus control/M,
+\fBKEY_BACKSPACE\fP versus control/H.
 Some curses implementations may differ according to whether they
 treat these control keys specially (and ignore the terminfo), or
 use the terminfo definitions.
@@ -381,7 +385,7 @@ input timeout or non-blocking mode has been set.
 terminfo capabilities, but no higher-level functions use the feature.
 The implementation in ncurses is an extension.
 .PP
-\fBKEY_RESIZE\fP is an extension first implemented for ncurses. 
+\fBKEY_RESIZE\fP is an extension first implemented for ncurses.
 NetBSD curses later added this extension.
 .PP
 Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared for either of two
diff --git a/man/curs_getstr.3x b/man/curs_getstr.3x
index d82034f9..74c690d2 100644
--- a/man/curs_getstr.3x
+++ b/man/curs_getstr.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.23 2017/11/21 00:45:48 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.24 2018/07/28 21:34:56 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_getstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -67,20 +67,26 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBgetstr\fR is equivalent to a series of calls to \fBgetch\fR,
 until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is
-not included in the returned string).  The resulting value is placed in the
+not included in the returned string).
+The resulting value is placed in the
 area pointed to by the character pointer \fIstr\fR.
 .PP
 \fBwgetnstr\fR reads at most \fIn\fR characters, thus preventing a possible
-overflow of the input buffer.  Any attempt to enter more characters (other
-than the terminating newline or carriage return) causes a beep.  Function
-keys also cause a beep and are ignored.  The \fBgetnstr\fR function reads
+overflow of the input buffer.
+Any attempt to enter more characters (other
+than the terminating newline or carriage return) causes a beep.
+Function
+keys also cause a beep and are ignored.
+The \fBgetnstr\fR function reads
 from the \fIstdscr\fR default window.
 .PP
-The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.  If keypad
+The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.
+If keypad
 mode is on for the window, \fBKEY_LEFT\fR and \fBKEY_BACKSPACE\fR
 are both considered equivalent to the user's kill character.
 .PP
-Characters input are echoed only if \fBecho\fR is currently on.  In that case,
+Characters input are echoed only if \fBecho\fR is currently on.
+In that case,
 backspace is echoed as deletion of the previous character (typically a left
 motion).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
diff --git a/man/curs_in_wch.3x b/man/curs_in_wch.3x
index 948d388e..169ddf47 100644
--- a/man/curs_in_wch.3x
+++ b/man/curs_in_wch.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_in_wch.3x,v 1.6 2017/11/21 00:53:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_in_wch.3x,v 1.7 2018/07/28 22:20:54 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_in_wch 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBin_wch\fR,
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ referenced by wcval.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 No errors are defined in the XSI Curses standard.
 This implementation checks for null pointers, returns \fBERR\fP in that case.
-Also, the \fImv\fR routines check for error moving the cursor, returning \fBERR\fP
-in that case.
+Also, the \fImv\fR routines check for error moving the cursor,
+returning \fBERR\fP in that case.
 Otherwise they return \fBOK\fP.
 .PP
 Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor movement using
diff --git a/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x b/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x
index f746d704..fd0a0ea2 100644
--- a/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x
+++ b/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_in_wchstr.3x,v 1.10 2017/11/21 00:53:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_in_wchstr.3x,v 1.11 2018/07/28 21:34:56 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_in_wchstr 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ with
 \fBmvwin_wchstr\fR
 or
 \fBwin_wchstr\fR
-causes undefined results. Therefore, the use of
+causes undefined results.
+Therefore, the use of
 \fBin_wchnstr\fR,
 \fBmvin_wchnstr\fR,
 \fBmvwin_wchnstr\fR, or
diff --git a/man/curs_inch.3x b/man/curs_inch.3x
index 97eb981f..4a6f7beb 100644
--- a/man/curs_inch.3x
+++ b/man/curs_inch.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.20 2017/11/18 23:47:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.21 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_inch 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -51,8 +51,10 @@
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These routines return the character, of type \fBchtype\fR, at the current
-position in the named window.  If any attributes are set for that position,
-their values are OR'ed into the value returned.  Constants defined in
+position in the named window.
+If any attributes are set for that position,
+their values are OR'ed into the value returned.
+Constants defined in
 \fB\fR can be used with the \fB&\fR (logical AND) operator to
 extract the character or attributes alone.
 .
diff --git a/man/curs_inchstr.3x b/man/curs_inchstr.3x
index 853c2421..b7ba4507 100644
--- a/man/curs_inchstr.3x
+++ b/man/curs_inchstr.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inchstr.3x,v 1.17 2017/11/18 23:47:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inchstr.3x,v 1.18 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_inchstr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -71,7 +71,8 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These routines return a NULL-terminated array of \fBchtype\fR quantities,
 starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the
-right margin of the window.  The four functions with \fIn\fR as
+right margin of the window.
+The four functions with \fIn\fR as
 the last argument, return a leading substring at most \fIn\fR characters long
 (exclusive of the trailing (chtype)0).
 Constants defined in \fB\fR can be used with the \fB&\fR (logical
@@ -93,13 +94,16 @@ Functions with a \*(``mv\*('' prefix first perform a cursor movement using
 \fBwmove\fP, and return an error if the position is outside the window,
 or if the window pointer is null.
 .SH NOTES
-Note that all routines except \fBwinchnstr\fR may be macros.  SVr4 does not
+Note that all routines except \fBwinchnstr\fR may be macros.
+SVr4 does not
 document whether the result string is zero-terminated; it does not document
 whether a length limit argument includes any trailing 0; and it does not
 document the meaning of the return value.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  It is no
-more specific than the SVr4 documentation on the trailing 0.  It does specify
+These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+It is no
+more specific than the SVr4 documentation on the trailing 0.
+It does specify
 that the successful return of the functions is \fBOK\fR.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_inch\fR(3X).
diff --git a/man/curs_initscr.3x b/man/curs_initscr.3x
index 83e459dd..d08043dc 100644
--- a/man/curs_initscr.3x
+++ b/man/curs_initscr.3x
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.30 2018/04/07 20:54:12 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.31 2018/07/28 22:15:59 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_initscr 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -74,7 +74,8 @@ For multiple-terminal applications,
 .PP
 The initscr code determines the terminal type and initializes all \fBcurses\fR
 data structures.
-\fBinitscr\fR also causes the first call to \fBrefresh\fR(3X) to clear the screen.
+\fBinitscr\fR also causes the first call to \fBrefresh\fR(3X)
+to clear the screen.
 If errors occur, \fBinitscr\fR writes an appropriate error
 message to standard error and exits;
 otherwise, a pointer is returned to \fBstdscr\fR.
@@ -169,7 +170,8 @@ X/Open specifies that portable applications must not
 call \fBinitscr\fR more than once:
 .bP
 The portable way to use \fBinitscr\fP is once only,
-using \fBrefresh\fP (see curs_refresh(3X)) to restore the screen after \fBendwin\fP.
+using \fBrefresh\fP (see curs_refresh(3X))
+to restore the screen after \fBendwin\fP.
 .bP
 This implementation allows using \fBinitscr\fP after \fBendwin\fP.
 .PP
@@ -183,8 +185,8 @@ If the TERM variable is missing or empty, \fBinitscr\fP uses the
 value \*(``unknown\*('',
 which normally corresponds to a terminal entry with the \fIgeneric\fP
 (\fIgn\fP) capability.
-Generic entries are detected by \fBsetupterm\fP (see curs_terminfo(3X)) and cannot be
-used for full-screen operation.
+Generic entries are detected by \fBsetupterm\fP
+(see curs_terminfo(3X)) and cannot be used for full-screen operation.
 Other implementations may handle a missing/empty TERM variable differently.
 .SS Signal Handlers
 .PP
@@ -200,7 +202,8 @@ if their disposition is \fBSIG_DFL\fP at the time
 life of the process or until the process changes the disposition of
 the signal.\fP
 .PP
-\fINone of the Curses functions are required to be safe with respect to signals \fP...
+\fINone of the Curses functions are required to be safe
+with respect to signals \fP...
 .RE
 .PP
 This implementation establishes signal handlers during initialization,
@@ -233,7 +236,8 @@ This handles the \fIstop\fP signal, used in job control.
 When resuming the process, this implementation discards pending
 input with \fBflushinput\fP (see curs_util(3X)), and repaints the screen
 assuming that it has been completely altered.
-It also updates the saved terminal modes with \fBdef_shell_mode\fP (see curs_kernel(3X)).
+It also updates the saved terminal modes with \fBdef_shell_mode\fP
+(see \fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)).
 .TP 5
 .B SIGWINCH
 This handles the window-size changes which were ignored in
diff --git a/man/curs_inopts.3x b/man/curs_inopts.3x
index 4abc3d09..a10ce60d 100644
--- a/man/curs_inopts.3x
+++ b/man/curs_inopts.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inopts.3x,v 1.26 2017/11/21 00:47:10 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inopts.3x,v 1.27 2018/07/28 22:20:54 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_inopts 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -335,8 +335,8 @@ Note that \fBecho\fR, \fBnoecho\fR, \fBhalfdelay\fR, \fBintrflush\fR,
 \fBqiflush\fR, \fBtimeout\fR, and \fBwtimeout\fR may be macros.
 .PP
 The \fBnoraw\fR and \fBnocbreak\fR calls follow historical practice in that
-they attempt to restore to normal (\*(``cooked\*('') mode from raw and cbreak modes
-respectively.
+they attempt to restore to normal (\*(``cooked\*('') mode
+from raw and cbreak modes respectively.
 Mixing raw/noraw and cbreak/nocbreak calls leads to tty driver
 control states that are hard to predict or understand; it is not recommended.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man/curs_insch.3x b/man/curs_insch.3x
index 62e3db18..4f7fb0af 100644
--- a/man/curs_insch.3x
+++ b/man/curs_insch.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_insch.3x,v 1.14 2017/11/21 00:53:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_insch.3x,v 1.15 2018/07/28 21:34:56 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_insch 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBinsch\fR,
@@ -46,7 +46,8 @@
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These routines insert the character \fIch\fR before the character under the
-cursor.  All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the
+cursor.
+All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the
 right, with the possibility of the rightmost character on the line being lost.
 The insertion operation does not change the cursor position.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
diff --git a/man/curs_instr.3x b/man/curs_instr.3x
index 6d64353a..2c148bc4 100644
--- a/man/curs_instr.3x
+++ b/man/curs_instr.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.18 2017/11/18 23:47:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.19 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_instr 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -67,7 +67,8 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These routines return a string of characters in \fIstr\fR, extracted starting
 at the current cursor position in the named window.
-Attributes are stripped from the characters.  The four
+Attributes are stripped from the characters.
+The four
 functions with \fIn\fR as the last argument return a leading substring at most
 \fIn\fR characters long (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
diff --git a/man/curs_inwstr.3x b/man/curs_inwstr.3x
index 63ebed0b..ce61b84a 100644
--- a/man/curs_inwstr.3x
+++ b/man/curs_inwstr.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2012,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inwstr.3x,v 1.9 2017/10/28 23:42:58 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inwstr.3x,v 1.11 2018/07/28 22:19:56 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_inwstr 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBinwstr\fR,
@@ -62,8 +62,9 @@
 These routines return a string of \fBwchar_t\fR wide characters in \fIwstr\fR,
 extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window.
 .PP
-The four functions with \fIn\fR as the last argument return a leading substring at most
-\fIn\fR characters long (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
+The four functions with \fIn\fR as the last argument return
+a leading substring at most \fIn\fR characters long
+(exclusive of the trailing NUL).
 Transfer stops at the end of the current line, or when \fIn\fR characters have
 been stored at the location referenced by \fIwstr\fR.
 .PP
@@ -83,7 +84,8 @@ Use \fBin_wchstr\fP to return the complex characters from a window.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 All routines return
 \fBERR\fR
-upon failure. Upon
+upon failure.
+Upon
 successful completion, the *\fBinwstr\fR
 routines return
 \fBOK\fR, and the *\fBinnwstr\fR
diff --git a/man/curs_kernel.3x b/man/curs_kernel.3x
index 502dd469..5518d2d1 100644
--- a/man/curs_kernel.3x
+++ b/man/curs_kernel.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,11 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_kernel.3x,v 1.23 2017/11/18 23:47:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_kernel.3x,v 1.26 2018/07/28 23:04:00 tom Exp $
+.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
+.el       .ds `` ``
+.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
+.el       .ds '' ''
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
@@ -74,54 +78,69 @@
 \fBint napms(int \fP\fIms\fP\fB);\fR
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The following routines give low-level access to various \fBcurses\fR
-capabilities.  These routines typically are used inside library
-routines.
+The following routines give low-level access
+to various \fBcurses\fR capabilities.
+These routines typically are used inside library routines.
 .SS def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode
 .PP
 The \fBdef_prog_mode\fR and \fBdef_shell_mode\fR routines save the
 current terminal modes as the "program" (in \fBcurses\fR) or "shell"
 (not in \fBcurses\fR) state for use by the \fBreset_prog_mode\fR and
-\fBreset_shell_mode\fR routines.  This is done automatically by
-\fBinitscr\fR.  There is one such save area for each screen context
+\fBreset_shell_mode\fR routines.
+This is done automatically by \fBinitscr\fR.
+There is one such save area for each screen context
 allocated by \fBnewterm\fR.
 .SS reset_prog_mode, reset_shell_mode
 .PP
 The \fBreset_prog_mode\fR and \fBreset_shell_mode\fR routines restore
 the terminal to "program" (in \fBcurses\fR) or "shell" (out of
-\fBcurses\fR) state.  These are done automatically by \fBendwin\fR(3X)
-and, after an \fBendwin\fR, by \fBdoupdate\fR, so they normally are
-not called.
+\fBcurses\fR) state.
+These are done automatically by \fBendwin\fR(3X) and,
+after an \fBendwin\fR, by \fBdoupdate\fR,
+so they normally are not called.
 .SS resetty, savetty
 .PP
 The \fBresetty\fR and \fBsavetty\fR routines save and restore the
-state of the terminal modes.  \fBsavetty\fR saves the current state in
+state of the terminal modes.
+\fBsavetty\fR saves the current state in
 a buffer and \fBresetty\fR restores the state to what it was at the
 last call to \fBsavetty\fR.
 .SS getsyx
 .PP
-The \fBgetsyx\fR routine returns the current coordinates of the virtual screen
-cursor in \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.  If \fBleaveok\fR is currently \fBTRUE\fR, then
-\fB\-1\fR,\fB\-1\fR is returned.  If lines have been removed from the top of the
+The \fBgetsyx\fR routine returns the current coordinates
+of the \fIvirtual screen\fP cursor in \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
+If \fBleaveok\fR is currently \fBTRUE\fR, then
+\fB\-1\fR,\fB\-1\fR is returned.
+If lines have been removed from the top of the
 screen, using \fBripoffline\fR, \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR include these lines;
 therefore, \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR should be used only as arguments for
 \fBsetsyx\fR.
+.PP
+Few applications will use this feature,
+most use \fBgetyx\fP instead.
 .SS setsyx
 .PP
-The \fBsetsyx\fR routine sets the virtual screen cursor to
-\fIy\fR, \fIx\fR.  If \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR are both \fB\-1\fR, then
-\fBleaveok\fR is set.  The two routines \fBgetsyx\fR and \fBsetsyx\fR
+The \fBsetsyx\fR routine sets
+the \fIvirtual screen\fP cursor to \fIy\fR, \fIx\fR.
+If \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR are both \fB\-1\fR, then
+\fBleaveok\fR is set.
+The two routines \fBgetsyx\fR and \fBsetsyx\fR
 are designed to be used by a library routine, which manipulates
 \fBcurses\fR windows but does not want to change the current position
-of the program's cursor.  The library routine would call \fBgetsyx\fR
+of the program's cursor.
+The library routine would call \fBgetsyx\fR
 at the beginning, do its manipulation of its own windows, do a
 \fBwnoutrefresh\fR on its windows, call \fBsetsyx\fR, and then call
 \fBdoupdate\fR.
+.PP
+Few applications will use this feature,
+most use \fBwmove\fP instead.
 .SS ripoffline
 .PP
 The \fBripoffline\fR routine provides access to the same facility that
 \fBslk_init\fR [see \fBcurs_slk\fR(3X)] uses to reduce the size of the
-screen.  \fBripoffline\fR must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or
+screen.
+\fBripoffline\fR must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or
 \fBnewterm\fR is called, to prepare these initial actions:
 .bP
 If \fIline\fR is positive, a line is removed from the top of \fBstdscr\fR.
@@ -139,9 +158,8 @@ an integer with the number of columns in the window.
 .PP
 Inside this initialization routine, the integer variables \fBLINES\fR
 and \fBCOLS\fR (defined in \fB\fR) are not guaranteed to be
-accurate and \fBwrefresh\fR or \fBdoupdate\fR must not be called.  It
-is allowable to call \fBwnoutrefresh\fR during the initialization
-routine.
+accurate and \fBwrefresh\fR or \fBdoupdate\fR must not be called.
+It is allowable to call \fBwnoutrefresh\fR during the initialization routine.
 .PP
 \fBripoffline\fR can be called up to five times before calling \fBinitscr\fR or
 \fBnewterm\fR.
@@ -149,9 +167,10 @@ routine.
 .PP
 The \fBcurs_set\fR routine sets the cursor state to invisible,
 normal, or very visible for \fBvisibility\fR equal to \fB0\fR,
-\fB1\fR, or \fB2\fR respectively.  If the terminal supports the
-\fIvisibility\fR requested, the previous \fIcursor\fR state is
-returned; otherwise, \fBERR\fR is returned.
+\fB1\fR, or \fB2\fR respectively.
+If the terminal supports the \fIvisibility\fR requested,
+the previous \fIcursor\fR state is returned;
+otherwise, \fBERR\fR is returned.
 .SS napms
 .PP
 The \fBnapms\fR routine is used to sleep for \fIms\fR milliseconds.
@@ -181,8 +200,9 @@ exceeds the maximum (NRIPS = 5).
 Note that \fBgetsyx\fR is a macro, so \fB&\fR is not necessary before
 the variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
 .PP
-Older SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of \fBcurs_set\fR "is currently
-incorrect".  This implementation gets it right, but it may be unwise to count
+Older SVr4 man pages warn that the return value
+of \fBcurs_set\fR \*(``is currently incorrect\*(''.
+This implementation gets it right, but it may be unwise to count
 on the correctness of the return value anywhere else.
 .PP
 Both ncurses and SVr4 will call \fBcurs_set\fR in \fBendwin\fR
@@ -192,11 +212,13 @@ invisible or very visible.
 There is no way for ncurses to determine the initial cursor state to
 restore that.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-The functions \fBsetsyx\fR and \fBgetsyx\fR are not described in the XSI
-Curses standard, Issue 4.  All other functions are as described in XSI Curses.
+The \fIvirtual screen\fP functions \fBsetsyx\fR and \fBgetsyx\fR
+are not described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+All other functions are as described in XSI Curses.
 .PP
-The SVr4 documentation describes \fBsetsyx\fR and \fBgetsyx\fR as having return
-type int. This is misleading, as they are macros with no documented semantics
+The SVr4 documentation describes \fBsetsyx\fR and \fBgetsyx\fR
+as having return type int.
+This is misleading, as they are macros with no documented semantics
 for the return value.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBcurses\fR(3X),
diff --git a/man/curs_mouse.3x b/man/curs_mouse.3x
index 7e15f3ae..f5d1cbab 100644
--- a/man/curs_mouse.3x
+++ b/man/curs_mouse.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_mouse.3x,v 1.47 2017/11/18 23:52:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_mouse.3x,v 1.49 2018/07/28 22:19:56 tom Exp $
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
 .ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
@@ -43,7 +43,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -306,7 +307,8 @@ For instance
 the SVr4 curses library used the \fBget_mouse\fP capability to tell the
 terminal which mouse button events it should send,
 passing the mouse-button bit-mask to the terminal.
-Also, it could ask the terminal where the mouse was using the \fBreq_mouse_pos\fP capability.
+Also, it could ask the terminal
+where the mouse was using the \fBreq_mouse_pos\fP capability.
 .IP
 Those features required a terminal which had been modified to work with curses.
 They were not part of the X Consortium's xterm.
diff --git a/man/curs_move.3x b/man/curs_move.3x
index c1f3f77e..02e733eb 100644
--- a/man/curs_move.3x
+++ b/man/curs_move.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_move.3x,v 1.16 2017/11/21 00:46:31 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_move.3x,v 1.17 2018/07/28 21:34:56 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_move 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -44,8 +44,10 @@
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line \fIy\fR and
-column \fIx\fR.  This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal
-until \fBrefresh\fR(3X) is called.  The position specified is relative to the upper
+column \fIx\fR.
+This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal
+until \fBrefresh\fR(3X) is called.
+The position specified is relative to the upper
 left-hand corner of the window, which is (0,0).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fP (SVr4
diff --git a/man/curs_outopts.3x b/man/curs_outopts.3x
index 218aee59..828076c2 100644
--- a/man/curs_outopts.3x
+++ b/man/curs_outopts.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_outopts.3x,v 1.28 2017/01/07 19:25:15 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_outopts.3x,v 1.29 2018/07/28 22:59:02 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_outopts 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ The \fBnl\fR and \fBnonl\fR routines control whether the underlying display
 device translates the return key into newline on input, and whether it
 translates newline into return and line-feed on output (in either case, the
 call \fBaddch('\\n')\fR does the equivalent of return and line feed on the
-virtual screen).
+\fIvirtual screen\fP).
 Initially, these translations do occur.
 If you disable them
 using \fBnonl\fR, \fBcurses\fR will be able to make better use of the line-feed
diff --git a/man/curs_pad.3x b/man/curs_pad.3x
index afe523b4..64cf0081 100644
--- a/man/curs_pad.3x
+++ b/man/curs_pad.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_pad.3x,v 1.24 2017/11/21 01:16:26 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_pad.3x,v 1.25 2018/07/28 22:20:54 tom Exp $
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
@@ -118,7 +118,8 @@ they were zero.
 .SS pechochar
 .PP
 The \fBpechochar\fR routine is functionally equivalent to a call to \fBaddch\fR
-followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fR(3X), a call to \fBwaddch\fR followed by a call
+followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fR(3X),
+a call to \fBwaddch\fR followed by a call
 to \fBwrefresh\fR, or a call to \fBwaddch\fR followed by a call to
 \fBprefresh\fR.
 The knowledge that only a single character is being output is
@@ -234,4 +235,7 @@ that pads and windows are handled distinctly, and
 ensures that \fBdupwin\fP and \fBgetwin\fP treat
 pads versus windows consistently.
 .SH SEE ALSO
-\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X), \fBcurs_touch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X).
+\fBcurses\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_touch\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_addch\fR(3X).
diff --git a/man/curs_print.3x b/man/curs_print.3x
index 1d17add9..ba793ec3 100644
--- a/man/curs_print.3x
+++ b/man/curs_print.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_print.3x,v 1.12 2017/11/20 01:27:30 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_print.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:56 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_print 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBmcprint\fR \- ship binary data to printer
@@ -39,15 +39,18 @@ This function uses the \fBmc5p\fR or \fBmc4\fR and \fBmc5\fR capabilities,
 if they are present, to ship given data to a printer attached to the terminal.
 .PP
 Note that the \fBmcprint\fR code has no way to do flow control with the printer
-or to know how much buffering it has.  Your application is responsible for
+or to know how much buffering it has.
+Your application is responsible for
 keeping the rate of writes to the printer below its continuous throughput rate
-(typically about half of its nominal cps rating).  Dot-matrix printers and
+(typically about half of its nominal cps rating).
+Dot-matrix printers and
 6-page-per-minute lasers can typically handle 80cps, so a good conservative
 rule of thumb is to sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character line.
 .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 The \fBmcprint\fR function returns \fBERR\fR if the write operation aborted
-for some reason.  In this case, errno will contain either an error associated
+for some reason.
+In this case, errno will contain either an error associated
 with \fBwrite\fP(2) or one of the following:
 .TP 5
 ENODEV
diff --git a/man/curs_printw.3x b/man/curs_printw.3x
index 594d8ea2..a0b95bbc 100644
--- a/man/curs_printw.3x
+++ b/man/curs_printw.3x
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.22 2018/04/07 20:18:55 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.23 2018/07/28 21:14:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_printw 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -60,7 +60,8 @@
 \fBint vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);\fR
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The \fBprintw\fR, \fBwprintw\fR, \fBmvprintw\fR and \fBmvwprintw\fR
-routines are analogous to \fBprintf\fR [see \fBprintf\fR(3)].  In
+routines are analogous to \fBprintf\fR [see \fBprintf\fR(3)].
+In
 effect, the string that would be output by \fBprintf\fR is output
 instead as though \fBwaddstr\fR were used on the given window.
 .PP
@@ -88,7 +89,8 @@ In this implementation, \fBvw_printw\fP and \fBvwprintw\fP are equivalent,
 to support legacy applications.
 However, the latter (\fBvwprintw\fP) is obsolete:
 .bP
-The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 described these functions.  The function
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 described these functions.
+The function
 \fBvwprintw\fR is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be replaced by a function
 \fBvw_printw\fR using the \fB\fR interface.
 .bP
diff --git a/man/curs_refresh.3x b/man/curs_refresh.3x
index ed84a0b0..38b0246f 100644
--- a/man/curs_refresh.3x
+++ b/man/curs_refresh.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,8 +26,16 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.17 2016/10/15 16:45:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.19 2018/07/28 22:59:02 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_refresh 3X ""
+.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
+.el       .ds `` ``
+.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
+.el       .ds '' ''
+.de bP
+.ie n  .IP \(bu 4
+.el    .IP \(bu 2
+..
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
@@ -57,11 +65,11 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS refresh/wrefresh
 The \fBrefresh\fR and \fBwrefresh\fR routines (or \fBwnoutrefresh\fR and
-\fBdoupdate\fR) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other
-routines merely manipulate data structures.
+\fBdoupdate\fR) must be called to get actual output to the terminal,
+as other routines merely manipulate data structures.
 The routine \fBwrefresh\fR copies
-the named window to the physical terminal screen, taking into account what is
-already there to do optimizations.
+the named window to the \fIphysical screen\fP,
+taking into account what is already there to do optimizations.
 The \fBrefresh\fR routine is the
 same, using \fBstdscr\fR as the default window.
 Unless \fBleaveok\fR has been
@@ -73,13 +81,21 @@ The \fBwnoutrefresh\fR and \fBdoupdate\fR routines allow multiple updates with
 more efficiency than \fBwrefresh\fR alone.
 In addition to all the window
 structures, \fBcurses\fR keeps two data structures representing the terminal
-screen: a physical screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and a
-virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to have on the screen.
+screen:
+.bP
+a \fIphysical screen\fP, describing what is actually on the screen, and
+.bP
+a \fIvirtual screen\fP, describing what the programmer wants to have on the screen.
+.PP
+The routine \fBwrefresh\fR works by
+.bP
+first calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fR,
+which copies the named window to the \fIvirtual screen\fP, and
+.bP
+then calling \fBdoupdate\fR, which compares
+the \fIvirtual screen\fP to the \fIphysical screen\fP
+and does the actual update.
 .PP
-The routine \fBwrefresh\fR works by first calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fR, which
-copies the named window to the virtual screen, and then calling \fBdoupdate\fR,
-which compares the virtual screen to the physical screen and does the actual
-update.
 If the programmer wishes to output several windows at once, a series
 of calls to \fBwrefresh\fR results in alternating calls to \fBwnoutrefresh\fR
 and \fBdoupdate\fR, causing several bursts of output to the screen.
@@ -87,11 +103,13 @@ By first
 calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fR for each window, it is then possible to call
 \fBdoupdate\fR once, resulting in only one burst of output, with fewer total
 characters transmitted and less CPU time used.
+.PP
 If the \fIwin\fR argument to
-\fBwrefresh\fR is the global variable \fBcurscr\fR, the screen is immediately
-cleared and repainted from scratch.
+\fBwrefresh\fR is the \fIphysical screen\fP
+(i.e., the global variable \fBcurscr\fR),
+the screen is immediately cleared and repainted from scratch.
 .PP
-The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen" above is ambiguous.
+The phrase \*(``copies the named window to the virtual screen\*('' above is ambiguous.
 What actually happens is that all \fItouched\fR (changed) lines in the window
 are copied to the virtual screen.
 This affects programs that use overlapping
diff --git a/man/curs_scanw.3x b/man/curs_scanw.3x
index 8e843e9c..905b93ba 100644
--- a/man/curs_scanw.3x
+++ b/man/curs_scanw.3x
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.23 2018/04/07 20:56:03 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.24 2018/07/28 21:14:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_scanw 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -56,9 +56,11 @@
 \fBint vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);\fR
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The \fBscanw\fR, \fBwscanw\fR and \fBmvscanw\fR routines are analogous to
-\fBscanf\fR [see \fBscanf\fR(3)].  The effect of these routines is as though
+\fBscanf\fR [see \fBscanf\fR(3)].
+The effect of these routines is as though
 \fBwgetstr\fR were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input
-for \fBsscanf\fR(3).  Fields which do not map to a variable in the \fIfmt\fR
+for \fBsscanf\fR(3).
+Fields which do not map to a variable in the \fIfmt\fR
 field are lost.
 .PP
 The \fBvwscanw\fR and \fBvw_scanw\fR routines are analogous to \fBvscanf\fR(3).
diff --git a/man/curs_scr_dump.3x b/man/curs_scr_dump.3x
index 3a846ccf..24b08c3e 100644
--- a/man/curs_scr_dump.3x
+++ b/man/curs_scr_dump.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,8 +26,12 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.11 2017/04/17 00:41:24 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 22:50:26 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_scr_dump 3X ""
+.de bP
+.ie n  .IP \(bu 4
+.el    .IP \(bu 2
+..
 .na
 .hy 0
 .SH NAME
@@ -49,24 +53,30 @@
 \fBint scr_set(const char *filename);\fR
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBscr_dump\fR routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen
+The \fBscr_dump\fR routine dumps the current contents
+of the \fIvirtual screen\fP
 to the file \fIfilename\fR.
 .PP
-The \fBscr_restore\fR routine sets the virtual screen to the contents
-of \fIfilename\fR, which must have been written using \fBscr_dump\fR.  The next
-call to \fBdoupdate\fR restores the screen to the way it looked in the dump
-file.
+The \fBscr_restore\fR routine sets the \fIvirtual screen\fP to the contents
+of \fIfilename\fR, which must have been written using \fBscr_dump\fR.
+The next call to \fBdoupdate\fR restores
+the \fIphysical screen\fP to the way it looked in the dump file.
 .PP
 The \fBscr_init\fR routine reads in the contents of \fIfilename\fR and uses
 them to initialize the \fBcurses\fR data structures about what the terminal
-currently has on its screen.  If the data is determined to be valid,
+currently has on its screen.
+If the data is determined to be valid,
 \fBcurses\fR bases its next update of the screen on this information rather
-than clearing the screen and starting from scratch.  \fBscr_init\fR is used
+than clearing the screen and starting from scratch.
+\fBscr_init\fR is used
 after \fBinitscr\fR or a \fBsystem\fR call to share
 the screen with another process which has done a \fBscr_dump\fR after its
-\fBendwin\fR(3X) call.  The data is declared invalid if the terminfo capabilities
-\fBrmcup\fR and \fBnrrmc\fR exist; also if the terminal has been written to
-since the preceding \fBscr_dump\fR call.
+\fBendwin\fR(3X) call.
+The data is declared invalid
+.bP
+if the terminfo capabilities \fBrmcup\fR and \fBnrrmc\fR exist, also
+.bP
+if the terminal has been written to since the preceding \fBscr_dump\fR call.
 .PP
 The \fBscr_set\fR routine is a combination of \fBscr_restore\fR and
 \fBscr_init\fR.  It tells the program that the information in \fIfilename\fR is
diff --git a/man/curs_scroll.3x b/man/curs_scroll.3x
index 2cb152d8..2c0722ed 100644
--- a/man/curs_scroll.3x
+++ b/man/curs_scroll.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_scroll.3x,v 1.15 2010/12/04 18:40:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_scroll.3x,v 1.16 2018/07/28 22:59:02 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_scroll 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ The \fBscroll\fR routine scrolls the window up one line.
 This involves moving
 the lines in the window data structure.
 As an optimization, if the scrolling
-region of the window is the entire screen, the physical screen may be scrolled
-at the same time.
+region of the window is the entire screen,
+the \fIphysical screen\fP may be scrolled at the same time.
 .PP
 For positive \fIn\fR, the \fBscrl\fR and \fBwscrl\fR routines scroll the
 window up \fIn\fR lines (line \fIi\fR+\fIn\fR becomes \fIi\fR); otherwise
diff --git a/man/curs_slk.3x b/man/curs_slk.3x
index 91950352..6d5a8175 100644
--- a/man/curs_slk.3x
+++ b/man/curs_slk.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.33 2017/11/21 00:46:31 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.34 2018/07/28 22:20:54 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_slk 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -176,8 +176,10 @@ The \fBslk_touch\fR routine forces all the soft labels to be output
 the next time a \fBslk_noutrefresh\fR is performed.
 .SS Video attributes
 .PP
-The \fBslk_attron\fR, \fBslk_attrset\fR, \fBslk_attroff\fR and \fBslk_attr\fR
-routines correspond to \fBattron\fR, \fBattrset\fR, \fBattroff\fR and \fBattr_get\fR.
+The
+\fBslk_attron\fR, \fBslk_attrset\fR, \fBslk_attroff\fR and \fBslk_attr\fR
+routines correspond to
+\fBattron\fR, \fBattrset\fR, \fBattroff\fR and \fBattr_get\fR, respectively.
 They have an effect only if soft labels are simulated on the bottom line of
 the screen.
 The default highlight for soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in
@@ -193,8 +195,9 @@ this implementation provides
 \fBextended_slk_color\fR which accepts an integer value, e.g., 32-bits.
 .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fP (SVr4 specifies only "an
-integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful completion.
+These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure
+and \fBOK\fP (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR")
+upon successful completion.
 .PP
 X/Open defines no error conditions.
 In this implementation
diff --git a/man/curs_termattrs.3x b/man/curs_termattrs.3x
index e19459fa..94659a27 100644
--- a/man/curs_termattrs.3x
+++ b/man/curs_termattrs.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_termattrs.3x,v 1.13 2015/07/21 00:03:34 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_termattrs.3x,v 1.14 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_termattrs 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBbaudrate\fR,
@@ -67,7 +67,8 @@
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .SS baudrate
-The \fBbaudrate\fR routine returns the output speed of the terminal.  The
+The \fBbaudrate\fR routine returns the output speed of the terminal.
+The
 number returned is in bits per second, for example \fB9600\fR, and is an
 integer.
 .SS erasechar, erasewchar
@@ -84,7 +85,8 @@ The \fBhas_ic\fR routine is true if the terminal has insert- and delete-
 character capabilities.
 .PP
 The \fBhas_il\fR routine is true if the terminal has insert- and delete-line
-capabilities, or can simulate them using scrolling regions.  This might
+capabilities, or can simulate them using scrolling regions.
+This might
 be used to determine if it would be appropriate to turn on physical
 scrolling using \fBscrollok\fR.
 .SS killchar, killwchar
@@ -98,8 +100,10 @@ the routine fails and the location referenced by \fIch\fR is not changed.
 .SS longname
 .PP
 The \fBlongname\fR routine returns a pointer to a static area
-containing a verbose description of the current terminal.  The maximum
-length of a verbose description is 128 characters.  It is defined only
+containing a verbose description of the current terminal.
+The maximum
+length of a verbose description is 128 characters.
+It is defined only
 after the call to \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR.  The area is
 overwritten by each call to \fBnewterm\fR and is not restored by
 \fBset_term\fR, so the value should be saved between calls to
@@ -127,7 +131,8 @@ completion.
 .SH NOTES
 Note that \fBtermattrs\fR may be a macro.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.  It changes the
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
+It changes the
 return type of \fBtermattrs\fR to the new type \fBattr_t\fR.
 Most versions of curses truncate the result returned by \fBtermname\fR to
 14 characters.
diff --git a/man/curs_termcap.3x b/man/curs_termcap.3x
index 8c250743..34d02f2e 100644
--- a/man/curs_termcap.3x
+++ b/man/curs_termcap.3x
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.39 2018/04/07 20:51:27 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.40 2018/07/28 21:14:06 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_termcap 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -75,8 +75,10 @@
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use
-the \fItermcap\fR library.  Their parameters are the same and the
-routines are emulated using the \fIterminfo\fR database.  Thus, they
+the \fItermcap\fR library.
+Their parameters are the same and the
+routines are emulated using the \fIterminfo\fR database.
+Thus, they
 can only be used to query the capabilities of entries for which a
 terminfo entry has been compiled.
 .SS INITIALIZATION
@@ -172,7 +174,8 @@ However, \fBtparm\fP is not a \fItermcap\fP feature,
 and portable \fItermcap\fP applications should not rely upon its availability.
 .PP
 The \fBtputs\fR routine is described on the \fBcurs_terminfo\fR(3X) manual
-page.  It can retrieve capabilities by either termcap or terminfo name.
+page.
+It can retrieve capabilities by either termcap or terminfo name.
 .SS GLOBAL VARIABLES
 .PP
 The variables
@@ -200,7 +203,8 @@ Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
 .SH BUGS
 If you call \fBtgetstr\fR to fetch \fBca\fR or any other parameterized string,
 be aware that it will be returned in terminfo notation, not the older and
-not-quite-compatible termcap notation.  This will not cause problems if all
+not-quite-compatible termcap notation.
+This will not cause problems if all
 you do with it is call \fBtgoto\fR or \fBtparm\fR, which both expand
 terminfo-style strings as terminfo.
 (The \fBtgoto\fR function, if configured to support termcap, will check
@@ -210,7 +214,8 @@ appear to be terminfo).
 .PP
 Because terminfo conventions for representing padding in string capabilities
 differ from termcap's, \fBtputs("50");\fR will put out a literal "50" rather
-than busy-waiting for 50 milliseconds.  Cope with it.
+than busy-waiting for 50 milliseconds.
+Cope with it.
 .PP
 Note that termcap has nothing analogous to terminfo's \fBsgr\fR string.
 One consequence of this is that termcap applications assume \fRme\fR
@@ -221,7 +226,8 @@ termcap interface to accommodate termcap's limitation in this respect.
 These functions are provided for supporting legacy applications,
 and should not be used in new programs:
 .bP
-The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.  However, they
+The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions.
+However, they
 are marked TO BE WITHDRAWN and may be removed in future versions.
 .bP
 X/Open Curses, Issue 5 (December 2007) marked the termcap interface
diff --git a/man/curs_terminfo.3x b/man/curs_terminfo.3x
index 844098e6..bd3bb6a4 100644
--- a/man/curs_terminfo.3x
+++ b/man/curs_terminfo.3x
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.58 2018/04/07 21:09:12 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.60 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_terminfo 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -115,7 +115,8 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal
 directly with the \fBterminfo\fR database to handle certain terminal
-capabilities, such as programming function keys.  For all other
+capabilities, such as programming function keys.
+For all other
 functionality, \fBcurses\fR routines are more suitable and their use is
 recommended.
 .SS Initialization
@@ -140,14 +141,18 @@ If \fBuse_env(FALSE)\fR has been called, values for
 \fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR specified in \fBterminfo\fR are used.
 .bP
 Otherwise, if the environment variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR
-exist, their values are used.  If these environment variables do not
+exist, their values are used.
+If these environment variables do not
 exist and the program is running in a window, the current window size
-is used.  Otherwise, if the environment variables do not exist, the
+is used.
+Otherwise, if the environment variables do not exist, the
 values for \fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR specified in the
 \fBterminfo\fR database are used.
 .PP
-Parameterized strings should be passed through \fBtparm\fR to instantiate them. 
-All \fBterminfo\fR strings [including the output of \fBtparm\fR] should be printed
+Parameterized strings should be passed through \fBtparm\fR to instantiate them.
+All \fBterminfo\fR strings
+(including the output of \fBtparm\fR)
+should be printed
 with \fBtputs\fR or \fBputp\fR.
 Call \fBreset_shell_mode\fR to restore the
 tty modes before exiting [see \fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)].
@@ -214,7 +219,8 @@ means that the \fBterminfo\fR database could not be found.
 .IP
 If \fIerrret\fR is
 null, \fBsetupterm\fR prints an error message upon finding an error
-and exits.  Thus, the simplest call is:
+and exits.
+Thus, the simplest call is:
 .sp
       \fBsetupterm((char *)0, 1, (int *)0);\fR,
 .sp
@@ -250,7 +256,8 @@ string variables use the values from \fInterm\fR.
 It returns the old value of \fBcur_term\fR.
 .PP
 The \fBdel_curterm\fR routine frees the space pointed to by
-\fIoterm\fR and makes it available for further use.  If \fIoterm\fR is
+\fIoterm\fR and makes it available for further use.
+If \fIoterm\fR is
 the same as \fBcur_term\fR, references to any of the \fBterminfo\fR
 boolean, numeric, and string variables thereafter may refer to invalid
 memory locations until another \fBsetupterm\fR has been called.
@@ -291,7 +298,8 @@ variable or the return value from
 \fBtparm\fR, \fBtiparm\fP, \fBtgetstr\fR, or \fBtgoto\fR.
 .IP
 The \fBtgetstr\fP and \fBtgoto\fP functions are part of the \fItermcap\fP
-interface, which happens to share this function name with the \fIterminfo\fP interface.
+interface,
+which happens to share this function name with the \fIterminfo\fP interface.
 .bP
 \fIaffcnt\fR is the number of lines affected, or 1 if
 not applicable.
@@ -305,14 +313,15 @@ the \fIfiledes\fR specified in \fBsetupterm\fR.
 .PP
 The \fBvidputs\fR routine displays the string on the terminal in the
 video attribute mode \fIattrs\fR, which is any combination of the
-attributes listed in \fBcurses\fR(3X).  The characters are passed to
+attributes listed in \fBcurses\fR(3X).
+The characters are passed to
 the \fBputchar\fR-like routine \fIputc\fR.
 .PP
 The \fBvidattr\fR routine is like the \fBvidputs\fR routine, except
 that it outputs through \fBputchar\fR.
 .PP
-The \fBvid_attr\fR and \fBvid_puts\fR routines correspond to vidattr and vidputs,
-respectively.
+The \fBvid_attr\fR and \fBvid_puts\fR routines correspond
+to vidattr and vidputs, respectively.
 They use a set of arguments for representing the video attributes plus color,
 i.e.,
 .bP
@@ -329,7 +338,8 @@ As an extension,
 this implementation allows \fIopts\fP to be used as a pointer to \fBint\fP,
 which overrides the \fIpair\fP (\fBshort\fP) argument.
 .PP
-The \fBmvcur\fR routine provides low-level cursor motion.  It takes
+The \fBmvcur\fR routine provides low-level cursor motion.
+It takes
 effect immediately (rather than at the next refresh).
 .\" ***************************************************************************
 .SS Terminal Capability Functions
@@ -389,8 +399,9 @@ for each of the predefined \fBterminfo\fR variables:
 .RE
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR
-(SVr4 only specifies \*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fR\*('') upon successful
-completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+(SVr4 only specifies \*(``an integer value other than \fBERR\fR\*('')
+upon successful completion,
+unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
 .PP
 Routines that return pointers always return \fBNULL\fR on error.
 .PP
diff --git a/man/curs_touch.3x b/man/curs_touch.3x
index 8d4a88cb..1d2bb8ee 100644
--- a/man/curs_touch.3x
+++ b/man/curs_touch.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.20 2017/11/25 16:19:42 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.21 2018/07/28 21:34:56 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_touch 3X ""
 .na
 .hy 0
@@ -57,10 +57,12 @@
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The \fBtouchwin\fR and \fBtouchline\fR routines throw away all
 optimization information about which parts of the window have been
-touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on.  This
+touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on.
+This
 is sometimes necessary when using overlapping windows, since a change
 to one window affects the other window, but the records of which lines
-have been changed in the other window do not reflect the change.  The
+have been changed in the other window do not reflect the change.
+The
 routine \fBtouchline\fR only pretends that \fIcount\fR lines have been
 changed, beginning with line \fIstart\fR.
 .PP
diff --git a/man/curs_util.3x b/man/curs_util.3x
index b98560fd..969f54fa 100644
--- a/man/curs_util.3x
+++ b/man/curs_util.3x
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_util.3x,v 1.53 2018/05/26 13:39:03 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_util.3x,v 1.54 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_util 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -181,7 +181,8 @@ The \fBuse_tioctl\fR routine, if used,
 should be called before \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR are called
 (because those compute the screen size).
 After \fBuse_tioctl\fR is called with \fBTRUE\fR as an argument,
-\fBncurses\fP modifies the last step in its computation of screen size as follows:
+\fBncurses\fP modifies the last step in its computation
+of screen size as follows:
 .bP
 checks if the \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR environment variables
 are set to a number greater than zero.
@@ -210,7 +211,8 @@ TRUE/TRUE/T{
 \fBncurses\fP updates $LINES and $COLUMNS based on operating system calls.
 T}
 FALSE/TRUE/T{
-\fBncurses\fP ignores $LINES and $COLUMNS, uses operating system calls to obtain size.
+\fBncurses\fP ignores $LINES and $COLUMNS,
+uses operating system calls to obtain size.
 T}
 FALSE/FALSE/T{
 \fBncurses\fP relies on the terminal database to determine size.
@@ -316,8 +318,10 @@ and were later (in 1988) incorporated into SVr4.
 Oddly, there are no such functions in the 4.3BSD curses sources.
 .bP
 Most implementations simply dump the binary \fBWINDOW\fP structure to the file.
-These include SVr4 curses, NetBSD and PDCurses, as well as older \fBncurses\fP versions.
-This implementation (as well as the X/Open variant of Solaris curses, dated 1995)
+These include SVr4 curses, NetBSD and PDCurses,
+as well as older \fBncurses\fP versions.
+This implementation
+(as well as the X/Open variant of Solaris curses, dated 1995)
 uses textual dumps.
 .IP
 The implementations which use binary dumps use block-I/O
@@ -355,7 +359,8 @@ parameter values outside the 0 to 255 range.
 .PP
 The strings returned by \fBunctrl\fR in this implementation are determined
 at compile time,
-showing C1 controls from the upper-128 codes with a \*(``~\*('' prefix rather than \*(``^\*(''.
+showing C1 controls from the upper-128 codes
+with a \*(``~\*('' prefix rather than \*(``^\*(''.
 Other implementations have different conventions.
 For example, they may show both sets of control characters with \*(``^\*('',
 and strip the parameter to 7 bits.
diff --git a/man/curs_variables.3x b/man/curs_variables.3x
index 811edaf8..6b9fb59a 100644
--- a/man/curs_variables.3x
+++ b/man/curs_variables.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,8 +26,12 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: curs_variables.3x,v 1.9 2017/11/18 23:56:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_variables.3x,v 1.11 2018/07/28 22:37:10 tom Exp $
 .TH curs_variables 3X ""
+.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
+.el       .ds `` ``
+.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
+.el       .ds '' ''
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
 .el    .IP \(bu 2
@@ -100,7 +104,7 @@ This variable holds the number of milliseconds to wait after reading an
 escape character,
 to distinguish between an individual escape character entered on the
 keyboard from escape sequences sent by cursor- and function-keys
-(see curses(3X).
+(see curses(3X)).
 .SS LINES
 After initializing curses, this variable contains the height of the screen,
 i.e., the number of lines.
@@ -111,9 +115,18 @@ when converting a tab character to spaces as it adds the tab to a window
 .SS The Current Screen
 This implementation of curses uses a special window \fBcurscr\fP to
 record its updates to the terminal screen.
+.PP
+This is referred to as the \*(``physical screen\*('' in the
+\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X) and
+\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X) manual pages.
 .SS The New Screen
 This implementation of curses uses a special window \fBnewscr\fP to
 hold updates to the terminal screen before applying them to \fBcurscr\fP.
+.PP
+This is referred to as the \*(``virtual screen\*('' in the
+\fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X),
+\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X) and
+\fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X) manual pages.
 .SS The Standard Screen
 Upon initializing curses,
 a default window called \fBstdscr\fP,
diff --git a/man/default_colors.3x b/man/default_colors.3x
index 72628647..975de5b5 100644
--- a/man/default_colors.3x
+++ b/man/default_colors.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2011,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997,1999,2000,2005
 .\"
-.\" $Id: default_colors.3x,v 1.25 2016/10/15 17:16:48 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: default_colors.3x,v 1.27 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp $
 .TH default_colors 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBuse_default_colors\fR,
@@ -60,8 +60,10 @@ visual effects.
 .PP
 The first function, \fBuse_default_colors\fP
 tells the curses library to assign terminal default
-foreground/background colors to color number \-1. So init_pair(x,COLOR_RED,\-1)
-will initialize pair x as red on default background and init_pair(x,\-1,COLOR_BLUE) will
+foreground/background colors to color number \-1.
+So init_pair(x,COLOR_RED,\-1)
+will initialize pair x as red on default background
+and init_pair(x,\-1,COLOR_BLUE) will
 initialize pair x as default foreground on blue.
 .PP
 The other, \fBassume_default_colors\fP
@@ -93,7 +95,8 @@ or
 ncurses will paint a white foreground (text) with black background
 for color pair 0.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success.
+These functions return the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure
+and \fBOK\fP on success.
 They will fail if either the terminal does not support
 the \fBorig_pair\fP or \fBorig_colors\fP capability.
 If the \fBinitialize_pair\fP capability is not found, this causes an
@@ -104,7 +107,8 @@ negative arguments to specify default foreground or background colors.
 .PP
 The \fBuse_default_colors\fP function was added to support \fIded\fP.
 This is a full-screen application which uses curses to manage only part
-of the screen.  The bottom portion of the screen, which is of adjustable
+of the screen.
+The bottom portion of the screen, which is of adjustable
 size, is left uncolored to display the results from shell commands.
 The top portion of the screen colors filenames using a scheme like the
 "color ls" programs.
@@ -122,8 +126,10 @@ a different problem: support for applications which would use
 environment variables and other configuration to bypass curses'
 notion of the terminal's default colors, setting specific values.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines are specific to ncurses.  They were not supported on
-Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is recommended that
+These routines are specific to ncurses.
+They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBcurs_color\fR(3X),
diff --git a/man/define_key.3x b/man/define_key.3x
index 298a979c..e93661fc 100644
--- a/man/define_key.3x
+++ b/man/define_key.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997
 .\"
-.\" $Id: define_key.3x,v 1.15 2017/11/21 00:53:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: define_key.3x,v 1.16 2018/07/28 21:34:56 tom Exp $
 .TH define_key 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBdefine_key\fP \- define a keycode
@@ -53,8 +53,10 @@ otherwise \fBERR\fP is returned.
 data to store the definition.
 If no error is detected, \fBOK\fP is returned.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines are specific to ncurses.  They were not supported on
-Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is recommended that
+These routines are specific to ncurses.
+They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBkeyok\fR(3X),
diff --git a/man/form.3x b/man/form.3x
index ecc7a440..e9576b20 100644
--- a/man/form.3x
+++ b/man/form.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form.3x,v 1.30 2017/11/25 20:28:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form.3x,v 1.31 2018/07/28 21:34:56 tom Exp $
 .TH form 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -44,7 +44,8 @@
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The \fBform\fR library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
-form screens on character-cell terminals.  The library includes: field
+form screens on character-cell terminals.
+The library includes: field
 routines, which create and modify form fields; and form routines, which group
 fields into forms, display forms on the screen, and handle interaction with the
 user.
@@ -64,10 +65,12 @@ before using any of these functions.
 .
 .SS Current Default Values for Field Attributes
 .
-The \fBform\fR library maintains a default value for field attributes.  You
+The \fBform\fR library maintains a default value for field attributes.
+You
 can get or set this default by calling the appropriate \fBset_\fR
 or retrieval
-routine with a \fBNULL\fR field pointer.  Changing this default with a
+routine with a \fBNULL\fR field pointer.
+Changing this default with a
 \fBset_\fR function affects future field creations, but does not change the
 rendering of fields already created.
 .
@@ -207,7 +210,8 @@ In your library list, libform.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
 you want to say \*(``\-lform \-lncurses\*('', not the other way around
 (which would give you a link error when using static libraries).
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 The menu facility was documented in SVr4.2 in
@@ -226,7 +230,8 @@ but not provided by other implementations, e.g.,
 \fBform_driver_w\fP,
 \fBunfocus_current_field\fP.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses by Eric
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses by Eric
 S. Raymond.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBcurses\fR(3X) and related pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed
diff --git a/man/form_cursor.3x b/man/form_cursor.3x
index 551c878a..fe4d6690 100644
--- a/man/form_cursor.3x
+++ b/man/form_cursor.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_cursor.3x,v 1.9 2015/12/05 20:39:43 jmc Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_cursor.3x,v 1.10 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_cursor 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBpos_form_cursor\fR \- position a form window cursor
@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBpos_form_cursor\fR restores the cursor to the position required
-for the forms driver to continue processing requests.  This is useful after
+for the forms driver to continue processing requests.
+This is useful after
 \fBcurses\fR routines have been called to do screen-painting in response to a
 form operation.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -62,8 +63,9 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_data.3x b/man/form_data.3x
index afaf1814..33c5e6ec 100644
--- a/man/form_data.3x
+++ b/man/form_data.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_data.3x,v 1.11 2015/12/05 23:01:16 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_data.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_data 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBdata_ahead\fP,
@@ -41,18 +41,21 @@ bool data_behind(const FORM *form);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBdata_ahead\fR tests whether there is off-screen data
-ahead in the given form.  It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0).
+ahead in the given form.
+It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0).
 .PP
 The function \fBdata_behind\fR tests whether there is off-screen data
-behind in the given form.  It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0).
+behind in the given form.
+It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0).
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X).
 .SH NOTES
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_driver.3x b/man/form_driver.3x
index ff33cff3..292f93a5 100644
--- a/man/form_driver.3x
+++ b/man/form_driver.3x
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.29 2018/04/28 19:58:58 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.31 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp $
 .TH form_driver 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@ through \fBform_driver\fR.  This routine has three major input cases:
 .bP
 The input is a form navigation request.
 Navigation request codes are constants defined in \fB\fP,
-which are distinct from the key- and character codes returned by \fBwgetch\fP(3X).
+which are distinct from the key- and character codes returned
+by \fBwgetch\fP(3X).
 .bP
 The input is a printable character.
 Printable characters (which must be positive, less than 256) are
@@ -133,14 +134,16 @@ REQ_VALIDATION	Validate field.
 .TE
 .PP
 If the second argument is a printable character, the driver places it
-in the current position in the current field.  If it is one of the forms
+in the current position in the current field.
+If it is one of the forms
 requests listed above, that request is executed.
 .SS Field validation
-The form library makes updates to the window associated with form fields rather than
-directly to the field buffers.
+The form library makes updates to the window associated
+with form fields rather than directly to the field buffers.
 .PP
 The form driver provides low-level control over updates to the form fields.
-The form driver also provides for validating modified fields to ensure that the contents
+The form driver also provides for validating modified fields
+to ensure that the contents
 meet whatever constraints an application may attach using \fBset_field_type\fP.
 .PP
 .PP
@@ -150,7 +153,8 @@ The form driver also validates a field in these cases:
 .bP
 a call to \fBset_current_field\fP attempts to move to a different field.
 .bP
-a call to \fBset_current_page\fP attempts to move to a different page of the form.
+a call to \fBset_current_page\fP attempts to move
+to a different page of the form.
 .bP
 a request attempts to move to a different field.
 .bP
@@ -206,7 +210,8 @@ If a translation
 into a request was done, \fBform_driver\fR returns the result of this request.
 .RE
 .PP
-If you clicked outside the user window or the mouse event could not be translated
+If you clicked outside the user window
+or the mouse event could not be translated
 into a form request an \fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR is returned.
 .SS Application-defined commands
 .PP
@@ -257,8 +262,9 @@ The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_field.3x b/man/form_field.3x
index 19a8b88e..bd74ee1e 100644
--- a/man/form_field.3x
+++ b/man/form_field.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2012,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field.3x,v 1.11 2012/11/03 23:03:59 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBform_field\fR \- make and break connections between fields and forms
@@ -82,11 +82,12 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 The SVr4 forms library documentation specifies the \fBfield_count\fR error value
 as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_field_attributes.3x b/man/form_field_attributes.3x
index da3ad793..3fcfddd6 100644
--- a/man/form_field_attributes.3x
+++ b/man/form_field_attributes.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_attributes.3x,v 1.12 2010/12/04 18:40:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_attributes.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_attributes 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBform_field_attributes\fR \- color and attribute control for form fields
@@ -49,16 +49,20 @@ int field_pad(const FIELD *field);
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBset_field_fore\fR sets the foreground attribute of
 \fIfield\fR. This is the highlight used to display the field contents.  The
-function \fBfield_fore\fR returns the foreground attribute.  The default is
+function \fBfield_fore\fR returns the foreground attribute.
+The default is
 \fBA_STANDOUT\fR.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_field_back\fR sets the background attribute of
 \fIform\fR. This is the highlight used to display the extent fields in the
-form.  The function \fBfield_back\fR returns the background attribute.  The
+form.
+The function \fBfield_back\fR returns the background attribute.
+The
 default is \fBA_NORMAL\fR.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_field_pad\fR sets the character used to fill the field.
-The function \fBfield_pad\fR returns the given form's pad character.  The
+The function \fBfield_pad\fR returns the given form's pad character.
+The
 default is a blank.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These routines return one of the following:
@@ -79,8 +83,9 @@ descriptions of the entry points.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_field_buffer.3x b/man/form_field_buffer.3x
index 9ecb191b..749f24c5 100644
--- a/man/form_field_buffer.3x
+++ b/man/form_field_buffer.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_buffer.3x,v 1.20 2017/11/18 23:56:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_buffer.3x,v 1.21 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_buffer 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -86,7 +86,8 @@ for long-term storage of form data.
 .RE
 .PP
 The function \fBset_field_status\fR sets the associated status flag of
-\fIfield\fR; \fBfield_status\fR gets the current value.  The status flag
+\fIfield\fR; \fBfield_status\fR gets the current value.
+The status flag
 is set to a nonzero value whenever the field changes.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_max_field\fR sets the maximum size for a dynamic field.
@@ -126,8 +127,9 @@ It will be freed on the next call to \fBfield_buffer\fP to return the
 same buffer.
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_field_info.3x b/man/form_field_info.3x
index 9a40d3fe..ba2cd884 100644
--- a/man/form_field_info.3x
+++ b/man/form_field_info.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_info.3x,v 1.13 2015/12/05 23:01:16 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_info.3x,v 1.14 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_info 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBdynamic_field_info\fP,
@@ -42,12 +42,14 @@ int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols, int *max);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBfield_info\fR returns the sizes and other attributes passed in
-to the field at its creation time.  The attributes are: height, width, row of
+to the field at its creation time.
+The attributes are: height, width, row of
 upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and
 number of working buffers.
 .PP
 The function \fBdynamic_field_info\fR returns the actual size of the field, and
-its maximum possible size.  If the field has no size limit, the location
+its maximum possible size.
+If the field has no size limit, the location
 addressed by the third argument will be set to 0.
 A field can be made dynamic
 by turning off the \fBO_STATIC\fR option with \fBfield_opts_off\fR.
@@ -69,12 +71,13 @@ descriptions of the entry points.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 A null (zero pointer) is accepted for any of the return values,
 to ignore that value.
 Not all implementations allow this, e.g., Solaris 2.7 does not.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_field_just.3x b/man/form_field_just.3x
index 5580971d..60dad701 100644
--- a/man/form_field_just.3x
+++ b/man/form_field_just.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_just.3x,v 1.12 2015/12/05 23:02:59 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_just.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_just 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_field_just\fR,
@@ -66,8 +66,9 @@ descriptions of the entry points.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_field_new.3x b/man/form_field_new.3x
index 00156e13..38f34bbe 100644
--- a/man/form_field_new.3x
+++ b/man/form_field_new.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_new.3x,v 1.19 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_new.3x,v 1.20 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_new 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBnew_field\fR,
@@ -52,14 +52,17 @@ The function \fBnew_field\fR allocates a new field and initializes it from the
 parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left
 corner, number off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers.
 .PP
-The function \fBdup_field\fR duplicates a field at a new location.  Most
+The function \fBdup_field\fR duplicates a field at a new location.
+Most
 attributes (including current contents, size, validation type, buffer count,
 growth threshold, justification, foreground, background, pad character,
-options, and user pointer) are copied.  Field status and the field page bit are
+options, and user pointer) are copied.
+Field status and the field page bit are
 not copied.
 .PP
 The function \fBlink_field\fR acts like \fBdup_field\fR, but the new field
-shares buffers with its parent.  Attribute data is separate.
+shares buffers with its parent.
+Attribute data is separate.
 .PP
 The function \fBfree_field\fR de-allocates storage associated with a field.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -92,12 +95,13 @@ field is connected.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 It may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied by
 \fBdup_field\fR being portable; the System V forms library documents are
 not very explicit about what gets copied and what does not.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_field_opts.3x b/man/form_field_opts.3x
index 58991d3b..bffcf057 100644
--- a/man/form_field_opts.3x
+++ b/man/form_field_opts.3x
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.21 2018/04/28 21:24:57 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.22 2018/07/28 21:18:11 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_opts 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_field_opts\fP,
@@ -60,8 +60,10 @@ The function \fBfield_opts\fR returns the field's current option bits.
 The following standard options are defined (all are on by default):
 .TP 5
 O_ACTIVE
-The field is visited during processing.  If this option is off, the field will
-not be reachable by navigation keys. Please notice that an invisible field
+The field is visited during processing.
+If this option is off, the field will
+not be reachable by navigation keys.
+Please notice that an invisible field
 appears to be inactive also.
 .TP 5
 O_AUTOSKIP
@@ -87,11 +89,13 @@ Field buffers are fixed to field's original size.
 Turn this option off to create a dynamic field.
 .TP 5
 O_VISIBLE
-The field is displayed.  If this option is off, display of the field is
+The field is displayed.
+If this option is off, display of the field is
 suppressed.
 .TP 5
 O_WRAP
-Words that do not fit on a line are wrapped to the next line.  Words are
+Words that do not fit on a line are wrapped to the next line.
+Words are
 blank-separated.
 .PP
 These extension options are defined (extensions are off by default):
@@ -132,8 +136,9 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_field_userptr.3x b/man/form_field_userptr.3x
index ead1f5f8..41e8fbe5 100644
--- a/man/form_field_userptr.3x
+++ b/man/form_field_userptr.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_userptr.3x,v 1.11 2015/12/05 23:01:56 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_userptr.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_userptr 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_field_userptr\fR,
@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@ void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data
-(that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone).  These functions get and set
+(that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone).
+These functions get and set
 that field.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 The function \fBfield_userptr\fR returns a pointer (which may be \fBNULL\fR).
@@ -54,11 +55,12 @@ The function \fBset_field_userptr\fR returns \fBE_OK\fP (success).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 The user pointer is a void pointer.
 We chose not to leave it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_field_validation.3x b/man/form_field_validation.3x
index 5950ecf9..5f78748b 100644
--- a/man/form_field_validation.3x
+++ b/man/form_field_validation.3x
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_validation.3x,v 1.22 2018/07/14 22:39:06 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_validation.3x,v 1.23 2018/07/28 21:18:11 tom Exp $
 .TH form_field_validation 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -63,14 +63,16 @@ This is the type checked by validation functions.
 The predefined types are as follows:
 .TP 5
 TYPE_ALNUM
-Alphanumeric data.  Requires a third \fBint\fR argument, a minimum field width.
+Alphanumeric data.
+Requires a third \fBint\fR argument, a minimum field width.
 .TP 5
 TYPE_ALPHA
-Character data.  Requires a third \fBint\fR argument, a minimum field width.
+Character data.
+Requires a third \fBint\fR argument, a minimum field width.
 .TP 5
 TYPE_ENUM
-Accept one of a specified set of strings.  Requires additional
-parameters:
+Accept one of a specified set of strings.
+Requires additional parameters:
 .RS
 .bP
 a third \fB(char **)\fR argument pointing to a string list;
@@ -156,11 +158,11 @@ The address itself is not validated.
 This is an ncurses extension;
 this field type may not be available in other curses implementations.
 .PP
-It is possible to set up new programmer-defined field types.  See the
-\fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X) manual page.
+It is possible to set up new programmer-defined field types.
+See the \fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X) manual page.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The functions \fBfield_type\fR and \fBfield_arg\fR return \fBNULL\fR on
-error. The function \fBset_field_type\fR returns one of the following:
+The functions \fBfield_type\fR and \fBfield_arg\fR return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+The function \fBset_field_type\fR returns one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
 The routine succeeded.
@@ -175,8 +177,9 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_fieldtype.3x b/man/form_fieldtype.3x
index 028e9b0b..8572a804 100644
--- a/man/form_fieldtype.3x
+++ b/man/form_fieldtype.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_fieldtype.3x,v 1.16 2010/12/04 18:40:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_fieldtype.3x,v 1.18 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp $
 .TH form_fieldtype 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBform_fieldtype\fR \- define validation-field types
@@ -56,7 +56,8 @@ FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBnew_fieldtype\fR creates a new field type usable for data
-validation.  You supply it with \fIfield_check\fR, a predicate to check the
+validation.
+You supply it with \fIfield_check\fR, a predicate to check the
 validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempts to leave a field.
 The (FIELD *) argument is passed in so the validation predicate can see the
 field's buffer, sizes and other attributes; the second argument is an
@@ -69,8 +70,8 @@ the character to be checked and a pointer to an argument-block structure.
 The function \fBfree_fieldtype\fR frees the space allocated for a given
 validation type.
 .PP
-The function \fBset_fieldtype_arg\fR associates three storage-management functions
-with a field type.
+The function \fBset_fieldtype_arg\fR associates
+three storage-management functions with a field type.
 The \fImake_arg\fR function is automatically applied to the
 list of arguments you give \fBset_field_type\fR when attaching validation
 to a field; its job is to bundle these into an allocated argument-block
@@ -135,8 +136,9 @@ All of the \fB(char *)\fR arguments of these functions should actually be
 \fB(void *)\fR.  The type has been left uncorrected for strict compatibility
 with System V.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_hook.3x b/man/form_hook.3x
index 2943b880..7dfa838e 100644
--- a/man/form_hook.3x
+++ b/man/form_hook.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_hook.3x,v 1.11 2010/12/04 18:40:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_hook.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_hook 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBform_hook\fR \- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
@@ -55,25 +55,30 @@ These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various
 points in the automatic processing of input event codes by \fBform_driver\fR.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_field_init\fR sets a hook to be called at form-post time
-and each time the selected field changes (after the change).  \fBfield_init\fR
+and each time the selected field changes (after the change).
+\fBfield_init\fR
 returns the current field init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
 hook).
 .PP
 The function \fBset_field_term\fR sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time
-and each time the selected field changes (before the change).  \fBfield_term\fR
+and each time the selected field changes (before the change).
+\fBfield_term\fR
 returns the current field term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
 hook).
 .PP
 The function \fBset_form_init\fR sets a hook to be called at form-post time and
-just after a page change once it is posted.  \fBform_init\fR returns the
+just after a page change once it is posted.
+\fBform_init\fR returns the
 current form init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such hook).
 .PP
 The function \fBset_form_term\fR sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time
-and just before a page change once it is posted.  \fBform_init\fR
+and just before a page change once it is posted.
+\fBform_init\fR
 returns the current form term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
 hook).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.  Other routines
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Other routines
 return one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
@@ -87,8 +92,9 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_new.3x b/man/form_new.3x
index 94a046d1..373fec0e 100644
--- a/man/form_new.3x
+++ b/man/form_new.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_new.3x,v 1.10 2015/12/05 23:01:16 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_new.3x,v 1.11 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_new 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBnew_form\fR,
@@ -77,8 +77,9 @@ The form has already been posted.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_new_page.3x b/man/form_new_page.3x
index 6bbd8afe..6718835c 100644
--- a/man/form_new_page.3x
+++ b/man/form_new_page.3x
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.12 2018/04/28 19:58:50 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:20:04 tom Exp $
 .TH form_new_page 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_new_page\fR,
@@ -62,8 +62,9 @@ descriptions of the entry points.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_opts.3x b/man/form_opts.3x
index e24a0c7d..7fc52367 100644
--- a/man/form_opts.3x
+++ b/man/form_opts.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_opts.3x,v 1.12 2015/12/05 23:55:51 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_opts.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_opts 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_form_opts\fP,
@@ -80,8 +80,9 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_page.3x b/man/form_page.3x
index ad3dc883..76159e2b 100644
--- a/man/form_page.3x
+++ b/man/form_page.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_page.3x,v 1.14 2016/10/29 22:27:24 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_page.3x,v 1.15 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_page 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBform_page\fR \- set and get form page number
@@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ The function \fBset_current_field\fR sets the current field of the given
 form; \fBcurrent_field\fR returns the current field of the given form.
 .PP
 The function \fBunfocus_current_field\fR removes the focus from the current
-field of the form. In such state, inquiries via \fBcurrent_field\fR shall return
-a NULL pointer.
+field of the form.
+In such state, inquiries via \fBcurrent_field\fR shall return a NULL pointer.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_form_page\fR sets the form's page number (goes to page
 \fIn\fR of the form).
@@ -60,7 +60,8 @@ The function \fBset_form_page\fR sets the form's page number (goes to page
 The function \fBform_page\fR returns the form's current page number.
 .PP
 The function \fBfield_index\fR returns the index of the field in the
-field array of the form it is connected to. It returns \fBERR\fR if
+field array of the form it is connected to.
+It returns \fBERR\fR if
 the argument is the null pointer or the field is not connected.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 Except for \fBform_page\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
@@ -89,10 +90,11 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 The \fBunfocus_current_field\fP function is an ncurses extension.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_post.3x b/man/form_post.3x
index fcbb349b..77e4c149 100644
--- a/man/form_post.3x
+++ b/man/form_post.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_post.3x,v 1.11 2017/01/07 19:25:15 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_post.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_post 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBpost_form\fR,
@@ -40,8 +40,9 @@ int post_form(FORM *form);
 int unpost_form(FORM *form);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBpost_form\fR displays a form to its associated subwindow.  To
-trigger physical display of the subwindow, use \fBrefresh\fR(3X) or some equivalent
+The function \fBpost_form\fR displays a form to its associated subwindow.
+To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+use \fBrefresh\fR(3X) or some equivalent
 \fBcurses\fR routine (the implicit \fBdoupdate\fR triggered by an \fBcurses\fR
 input request will do).
 .PP
@@ -79,8 +80,9 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_requestname.3x b/man/form_requestname.3x
index 55566fd6..4e8ada0f 100644
--- a/man/form_requestname.3x
+++ b/man/form_requestname.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_requestname.3x,v 1.10 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_requestname.3x,v 1.11 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_requestname 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBform_request_by_name\fP,
@@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ The function \fBform_request_name\fR returns the printable name of a form
 request code.
 .br
 The function \fBform_request_by_name\fR searches in the name-table for a request
-with the given name and returns its request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+with the given name and returns its request code.
+Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 \fBform_request_name\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error and sets errno
 to \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR.
@@ -57,9 +58,11 @@ It does not set errno.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines are specific to ncurses.  They were not supported on
-Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is recommended that
+These routines are specific to ncurses.
+They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_userptr.3x b/man/form_userptr.3x
index 14179f74..c450a26b 100644
--- a/man/form_userptr.3x
+++ b/man/form_userptr.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_userptr.3x,v 1.14 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_userptr.3x,v 1.15 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_userptr 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_form_userptr\fP,
@@ -54,11 +54,12 @@ The function \fBset_form_userptr\fR returns \fBE_OK\fP (success).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 The user pointer is a void pointer.
 We chose not to leave it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/form_win.3x b/man/form_win.3x
index 32af49b6..aa021daa 100644
--- a/man/form_win.3x
+++ b/man/form_win.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: form_win.3x,v 1.13 2010/12/04 18:38:55 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_win.3x,v 1.14 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH form_win 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBform_win\fR \- make and break form window and subwindow associations
@@ -45,11 +45,13 @@ WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form);
 int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-Every form has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fR windows.  The form window
+Every form has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fR windows.
+The form window
 displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow
 displays the items of the form that are currently available for selection.
 .PP
-The first four functions get and set those windows.  It is not necessary to set
+The first four functions get and set those windows.
+It is not necessary to set
 either window; by default, the driver code uses \fBstdscr\fR for both.
 .PP
 In the \fBset_\fR functions, window argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as though
@@ -59,7 +61,8 @@ to change the system default form window or subwindow.
 The function \fBscale_form\fR returns the minimum size required for the
 subwindow of \fIform\fR.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.  Routines that return
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return
 an integer return one of the following error codes:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
@@ -84,8 +87,9 @@ No items are connected to the form.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V forms library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V forms library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/infocmp.1m b/man/infocmp.1m
index 19852e8f..9b187e29 100644
--- a/man/infocmp.1m
+++ b/man/infocmp.1m
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.71 2018/05/19 21:07:17 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.73 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp $
 .TH @INFOCMP@ 1M ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
 .SH NAME
@@ -134,7 +135,7 @@ followed by the capability value.
 .IP
 The \fB\-u\fR option provides a related output,
 showing the first terminal description rewritten to use the second
-as a building block via the \*(``use=\*('' clause. 
+as a building block via the \*(``use=\*('' clause.
 .TP
 \fB\-n\fR
 produces a list of each capability that is in \fInone\fP of the given entries.
@@ -148,8 +149,8 @@ If no \fItermnames\fR are given,
 \fB@INFOCMP@\fR uses the environment variable \fBTERM\fR
 for each of the \fItermnames\fR.
 .SS Source Listing Options [\-I] [\-L] [\-C] [\-r]
-The \fB\-I\fR, \fB\-L\fR, and \fB\-C\fR options will produce a source listing for
-each terminal named.
+The \fB\-I\fR, \fB\-L\fR, and \fB\-C\fR options will produce
+a source listing for each terminal named.
 .
 .TS
 center tab(/) ;
diff --git a/man/infotocap.1m b/man/infotocap.1m
index bbdce0de..67f21576 100644
--- a/man/infotocap.1m
+++ b/man/infotocap.1m
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2016,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,14 +27,14 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.12 2016/10/15 17:26:09 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH @INFOTOCAP@ 1M ""
 .ds n 5
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
 .SH NAME
 \fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR \- convert a \fIterminfo\fR description into a \fItermcap\fR description
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR [\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR]  [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] [\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR . . .
+\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR [\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR]  [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] [\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR ...
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 \fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR looks in each given text
 \fIfile\fR for \fBterminfo\fR descriptions.
diff --git a/man/key_defined.3x b/man/key_defined.3x
index db6c531a..d78b6ffc 100644
--- a/man/key_defined.3x
+++ b/man/key_defined.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 2003
 .\"
-.\" $Id: key_defined.3x,v 1.6 2010/12/04 18:40:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: key_defined.3x,v 1.8 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp $
 .TH key_defined 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBkey_defined\fP \- check if a keycode is defined
@@ -43,10 +43,13 @@ to any keycode.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 If the string is bound to a keycode, its value (greater than zero) is returned.
 If no keycode is bound, zero is returned.
-If the string conflicts with longer strings which are bound to keys, \-1 is returned.
+If the string conflicts with longer strings
+which are bound to keys, \-1 is returned.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines are specific to ncurses.  They were not supported on
-Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is recommended that
+These routines are specific to ncurses.
+They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBdefine_key\fR(3X).
diff --git a/man/keybound.3x b/man/keybound.3x
index 5dd083af..ec90c453 100644
--- a/man/keybound.3x
+++ b/man/keybound.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999
 .\"
-.\" $Id: keybound.3x,v 1.8 2010/12/04 18:49:20 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: keybound.3x,v 1.9 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH keybound 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBkeybound\fP \- return definition of keycode
@@ -48,8 +48,10 @@ through multiple definitions, counting from zero.
 When successful,
 the function returns a string which must be freed by the caller.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines are specific to ncurses.  They were not supported on
-Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is recommended that
+These routines are specific to ncurses.
+They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBdefine_key\fR(3X),
diff --git a/man/keyok.3x b/man/keyok.3x
index 68d9f169..d181c105 100644
--- a/man/keyok.3x
+++ b/man/keyok.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997
 .\"
-.\" $Id: keyok.3x,v 1.12 2017/11/21 00:53:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: keyok.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:56 tom Exp $
 .TH keyok 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBkeyok\fP \- enable or disable a keycode
@@ -48,8 +48,10 @@ If the \fIenable\fP parameter is true, then the key must have been disabled,
 and vice versa.
 Otherwise, the function returns \fBOK\fP.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines are specific to ncurses.  They were not supported on
-Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is recommended that
+These routines are specific to ncurses.
+They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBdefine_key\fR(3X).
diff --git a/man/menu.3x b/man/menu.3x
index 79613ea5..e182990f 100644
--- a/man/menu.3x
+++ b/man/menu.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2014,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu.3x,v 1.24 2017/11/25 20:24:22 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu.3x,v 1.25 2018/07/28 21:34:56 tom Exp $
 .TH menu 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -44,20 +44,24 @@
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The \fBmenu\fR library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing
-menu systems on character-cell terminals.  The library includes: item routines,
+menu systems on character-cell terminals.
+The library includes: item routines,
 which create and modify menu items; and menu routines, which group items into
 menus, display menus on the screen, and handle interaction with the user.
 .PP
 The \fBmenu\fR library uses the \fBcurses\fR libraries, and a curses
 initialization routine such as \fBinitscr\fR must be called before using any of
-these functions.  To use the \fBmenu\fR library, link with the options
+these functions.
+To use the \fBmenu\fR library, link with the options
 \fB\-lmenu \-lcurses\fR.
 .
 .SS Current Default Values for Item Attributes
 .
-The \fBmenu\fR library maintains a default value for item attributes.  You can
+The \fBmenu\fR library maintains a default value for item attributes.
+You can
 get or set this default by calling the appropriate \fBget_\fR or \fBset_\fR
-routine with a \fBNULL\fR item pointer.  Changing this default with a
+routine with a \fBNULL\fR item pointer.
+Changing this default with a
 \fBset_\fR function affects future item creations, but does not change the
 rendering of items already created.
 .
@@ -136,7 +140,8 @@ top_row   	\fBmitem_current\fR(3X)
 unpost_menu	\fBmenu_post\fR(3X)
 .TE
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.  Routines that return
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return
 an integer return one of the following error codes:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
@@ -182,7 +187,8 @@ In your library list, libmenu.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
 you should say \*(``\-lmenu \-lncurses\*('', not the other way around
 (which would give a link-error when using static libraries).
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 The menu facility was documented in SVr4.2 in
@@ -196,8 +202,8 @@ systems based on SVr4 source code, e.g., Solaris.
 .bP
 NetBSD curses.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses by Eric S. Raymond.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBcurses\fR(3X) and related pages whose names begin \*(``menu_\*(''
 for detailed descriptions of the entry points.
diff --git a/man/menu_attributes.3x b/man/menu_attributes.3x
index c0768bbd..aed8644a 100644
--- a/man/menu_attributes.3x
+++ b/man/menu_attributes.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_attributes.3x,v 1.13 2015/12/05 20:44:42 jmc Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_attributes.3x,v 1.14 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_attributes 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBmenu_back\fR,
@@ -60,22 +60,28 @@ int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBset_menu_fore\fR sets the foreground attribute of
 \fImenu\fR. This is the highlight used for selected menu items.
-\fBmenu_fore\fR returns the foreground attribute.  The default
+\fBmenu_fore\fR returns the foreground attribute.
+The default
 is \fBA_REVERSE\fR.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_menu_back\fR sets the background attribute of
 \fImenu\fR. This is the highlight used for selectable (but not currently
-selected) menu items.  The function \fBmenu_back\fR returns the background
-attribute.  The default is \fBA_NORMAL\fR.
+selected) menu items.
+The function \fBmenu_back\fR returns the background
+attribute.
+The default is \fBA_NORMAL\fR.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_menu_grey\fR sets the grey attribute of \fImenu\fR. This is
 the highlight used for un-selectable menu items in menus that permit more than
-one selection.  The function \fBmenu_grey\fR returns the grey attribute.
+one selection.
+The function \fBmenu_grey\fR returns the grey attribute.
 The default is \fBA_UNDERLINE\fR.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_menu_pad\fR sets the character used to fill the space
-between the name and description parts of a menu item.  \fBmenu_pad\fR returns
-the given menu's pad character.  The default is a blank.
+between the name and description parts of a menu item.
+\fBmenu_pad\fR returns
+the given menu's pad character.
+The default is a blank.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These routines return one of the following:
 .TP 5
@@ -94,8 +100,9 @@ descriptions of the entry points.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_cursor.3x b/man/menu_cursor.3x
index 91ebbc2b..c0a02936 100644
--- a/man/menu_cursor.3x
+++ b/man/menu_cursor.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_cursor.3x,v 1.9 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_cursor.3x,v 1.10 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_cursor 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBpos_menu_cursor\fR \- position a menu's cursor
@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBpos_menu_cursor\fR restores the cursor to the current position
-associated with the menu's selected item.  This is useful after \fBcurses\fR
+associated with the menu's selected item.
+This is useful after \fBcurses\fR
 routines have been called to do screen-painting in response to a menu select.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 This routine returns one of the following:
@@ -60,8 +61,9 @@ The menu has not been posted.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_driver.3x b/man/menu_driver.3x
index 7612eeb8..39c520d7 100644
--- a/man/menu_driver.3x
+++ b/man/menu_driver.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_driver.3x,v 1.22 2017/11/18 23:47:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_driver.3x,v 1.24 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_driver 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -45,7 +45,8 @@ through \fBmenu_driver\fR.  This routine has three major input cases:
 .bP
 The input is a form navigation request.
 Navigation request codes are constants defined in \fB\fP,
-which are distinct from the key- and character codes returned by \fBwgetch\fP(3X).
+which are distinct from the key- and character codes
+returned by \fBwgetch\fP(3X).
 .bP
 The input is a printable character.
 Printable characters (which must be positive, less than 256) are
@@ -108,7 +109,8 @@ Move to the previous item matching the pattern match.
 .PP
 If the second argument is a printable character, the code appends
 it to the pattern buffer and attempts to move to the next item matching
-the new pattern.  If there is no such match, \fBmenu_driver\fR returns
+the new pattern.
+If there is no such match, \fBmenu_driver\fR returns
 \fBE_NO_MATCH\fR and deletes the appended character from the buffer.
 .PP
 If the second argument is one of the above pre-defined requests, the
@@ -151,12 +153,14 @@ application specific command should be executed.
 If a translation
 into a request was done, \fBmenu_driver\fR returns the result of this request.
 .PP
-If you clicked outside the user window or the mouse event could not be translated
+If you clicked outside the user window
+or the mouse event could not be translated
 into a menu request an \fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR is returned.
 .SS APPLICATION-DEFINED COMMANDS
 .PP
 If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the above
-pre-defined menu requests or KEY_MOUSE, the drive assumes it is an application-specific
+pre-defined menu requests or KEY_MOUSE,
+the drive assumes it is an application-specific
 command and returns \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR.  Application-defined commands
 should be defined relative to \fBMAX_COMMAND\fR, the maximum value of these
 pre-defined requests.
@@ -194,8 +198,10 @@ The menu driver could not process the request.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
-Version 7 or BSD versions. The support for mouse events is ncurses specific.
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
+Version 7 or BSD versions.
+The support for mouse events is ncurses specific.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_format.3x b/man/menu_format.3x
index b72fe22e..055c7e77 100644
--- a/man/menu_format.3x
+++ b/man/menu_format.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_format.3x,v 1.14 2016/10/15 17:02:31 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_format.3x,v 1.15 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_format 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_format\fP,
@@ -41,12 +41,16 @@ void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBset_menu_format\fR sets the maximum display size of the given
-menu.  If this size is too small to display all menu items, the menu will be
-made scrollable. If this size is larger than the menus subwindow and the
+menu.
+If this size is too small to display all menu items, the menu will be
+made scrollable.
+If this size is larger than the menus subwindow and the
 subwindow is too small to display all menu items, \fBpost_menu\fR will fail.
 .PP
-The default format is 16 rows, 1 column.  Calling \fBset_menu_format\fR with a
-null menu pointer will change this default.  A zero row or column argument to
+The default format is 16 rows, 1 column.
+Calling \fBset_menu_format\fR with a
+null menu pointer will change this default.
+A zero row or column argument to
 \fBset_menu_format\fR is interpreted as a request not to change the current
 value.
 .PP
@@ -75,8 +79,9 @@ No items are connected to the menu.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_hook.3x b/man/menu_hook.3x
index 1fd74de7..b650e0ff 100644
--- a/man/menu_hook.3x
+++ b/man/menu_hook.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_hook.3x,v 1.11 2010/12/04 18:40:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_hook.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_hook 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBmenu_hook\fR \- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
@@ -55,17 +55,20 @@ These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various
 points in the automatic processing of input event codes by \fBmenu_driver\fR.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_item_init\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-post time and
-each time the selected item changes (after the change).  \fBitem_init\fR
+each time the selected item changes (after the change).
+\fBitem_init\fR
 returns the current item init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
 hook).
 .PP
 The function \fBset_item_term\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time
-and each time the selected item changes (before the change).  \fBitem_term\fR
+and each time the selected item changes (before the change).
+\fBitem_term\fR
 returns the current item term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
 hook).
 .PP
 The function \fBset_menu_init\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-post time and
-just after the top row on the menu changes once it is posted.  \fBmenu_init\fR
+just after the top row on the menu changes once it is posted.
+\fBmenu_init\fR
 returns the current menu init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such
 hook).
 .PP
@@ -74,7 +77,8 @@ and just before the top row on the menu changes once it is posted.
 \fBmenu_term\fR returns the current menu term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there
 is no such hook).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.  Other routines
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Other routines
 return one of the following:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
@@ -88,8 +92,10 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
 S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_items.3x b/man/menu_items.3x
index 7757e38a..240f1324 100644
--- a/man/menu_items.3x
+++ b/man/menu_items.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2012,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_items.3x,v 1.11 2015/12/05 23:47:32 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_items.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_items 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_items\fR,
@@ -79,11 +79,12 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBitem_count\fR error value
 as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_mark.3x b/man/menu_mark.3x
index e6dde9b2..8b4a3830 100644
--- a/man/menu_mark.3x
+++ b/man/menu_mark.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_mark.3x,v 1.12 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_mark.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_mark 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_mark\fP,
@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@ Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with a null menu item will abolish the mark string.
 Note that changing the length of the mark string for a menu while the
 menu is posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
 .PP
-The default string is "\-" (a dash). Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with
+The default string is "\-" (a dash).
+Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with
 a non-\fBNULL\fR menu argument will change this default.
 .PP
 The function \fBmenu_mark\fR returns the menu's mark string (or \fBNULL\fR if
@@ -74,8 +75,9 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_new.3x b/man/menu_new.3x
index 7cc62dc9..7f119162 100644
--- a/man/menu_new.3x
+++ b/man/menu_new.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_new.3x,v 1.12 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_new.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_new 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBnew_menu\fP,
@@ -74,8 +74,9 @@ The menu has already been posted.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_opts.3x b/man/menu_opts.3x
index 8c33c0df..8a31b059 100644
--- a/man/menu_opts.3x
+++ b/man/menu_opts.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_opts.3x,v 1.14 2016/03/26 22:42:41 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_opts.3x,v 1.15 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_opts 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_opts\fP,
@@ -100,8 +100,9 @@ The menu is already posted.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_pattern.3x b/man/menu_pattern.3x
index 58b82555..6b9fbccd 100644
--- a/man/menu_pattern.3x
+++ b/man/menu_pattern.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_pattern.3x,v 1.14 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_pattern.3x,v 1.16 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_pattern 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_pattern\fP,
@@ -39,19 +39,23 @@ int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
 char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer.  As input events that are
+Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer.
+As input events that are
 printable characters come in, they are appended to this match buffer
 and tested for a match, as described in \fBmenu_driver\fR(3X).
 .PP
 The function \fBset_menu_pattern\fR sets the pattern buffer for the given menu
-and tries to find the first matching item.  If it succeeds, that item becomes
-current; if not, the current item does not change. 
+and tries to find the first matching item.
+If it succeeds, that item becomes
+current; if not, the current item does not change.
 .PP
 The function \fBmenu_pattern\fR returns the pattern buffer of the given
 \fImenu\fR.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The function \fBmenu_pattern\fR returns a pointer, which is \fBNULL\fR if the \fImenu\fP parameter is \fBNULL\fP.
-Otherwise, it is a pointer to a string which is empty if no pattern has been set.
+The function \fBmenu_pattern\fR returns a pointer,
+which is \fBNULL\fR if the \fImenu\fP parameter is \fBNULL\fP.
+Otherwise, it is a pointer to a string which is empty
+if no pattern has been set.
 It does not set errno.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_menu_pattern\fR may return the following error codes:
@@ -79,8 +83,9 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_post.3x b/man/menu_post.3x
index b3a47154..db6dff54 100644
--- a/man/menu_post.3x
+++ b/man/menu_post.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_post.3x,v 1.14 2017/01/07 19:25:15 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_post.3x,v 1.16 2018/07/28 22:08:59 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_post 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBpost_menu\fR,
@@ -40,10 +40,13 @@ int post_menu(MENU *menu);
 int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBpost_menu\fR displays a menu to its associated subwindow.  To
-trigger physical display of the subwindow, use \fBrefresh\fR(3X) or some equivalent
+The function \fBpost_menu\fR displays a menu to its associated subwindow.
+To
+trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+use \fBrefresh\fR(3X) or some equivalent
 \fBcurses\fR routine (the implicit \fBdoupdate\fR triggered by an \fBcurses\fR
-input request will do). \fBpost_menu\fR resets the selection status of all items.
+input request will do).
+\fBpost_menu\fR resets the selection status of all items.
 .PP
 The function \fBunpost_menu\fR erases menu from its associated subwindow.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -79,8 +82,9 @@ No items are connected to the menu.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_requestname.3x b/man/menu_requestname.3x
index 55b2b126..cc2d4c9e 100644
--- a/man/menu_requestname.3x
+++ b/man/menu_requestname.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_requestname.3x,v 1.10 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_requestname.3x,v 1.11 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_requestname 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBmenu_request_by_name\fP,
@@ -58,9 +58,11 @@ It does not set errno.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines are specific to ncurses.  They were not supported on
-Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is recommended that
+These routines are specific to ncurses.
+They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_spacing.3x b/man/menu_spacing.3x
index 696833e9..4ff12c7c 100644
--- a/man/menu_spacing.3x
+++ b/man/menu_spacing.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_spacing.3x,v 1.13 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_spacing.3x,v 1.14 2018/07/28 22:20:54 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_spacing 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_spacing\fP,
@@ -47,21 +47,23 @@ int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu,
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBset_menu_spacing\fR sets the spacing information for the menu.
-Its parameter \fBspc_description\fR controls the number of spaces between an item name and an item
-description.
+Its parameter \fBspc_description\fR controls the number of spaces
+between an item name and an item description.
 It must not be larger than \fBTABSIZE\fR.
 The menu system puts in the
 middle of this spacing area the pad character.
 The remaining parts are filled with
 spaces.
-The \fBspc_rows\fR parameter controls the number of rows that are used for an item.
+The \fBspc_rows\fR parameter controls the number of rows
+that are used for an item.
 It must not be larger than 3.
 The menu system inserts the blank lines between item rows, these lines
 will contain the pad character in the appropriate positions.
-The \fBspc_columns\fR parameter controls the number of blanks between columns of items.
+The \fBspc_columns\fR parameter controls
+the number of blanks between columns of items.
 It must not be larger than TABSIZE.
-A value of 0 for all the spacing values resets them to the default, which is 1 for all
-of them.
+A value of 0 for all the spacing values resets them to the default,
+which is 1 for all of them.
 .br
 The function \fBmenu_spacing\fR passes back the spacing info for the menu.
 If a
diff --git a/man/menu_userptr.3x b/man/menu_userptr.3x
index 2d0a68f6..eb8ef99f 100644
--- a/man/menu_userptr.3x
+++ b/man/menu_userptr.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_userptr.3x,v 1.11 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_userptr.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_userptr 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_menu_userptr\fP,
@@ -54,11 +54,12 @@ It does not set errno.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 The user pointer is a void pointer.
 We chose not to leave it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/menu_win.3x b/man/menu_win.3x
index 774eafa9..263b2655 100644
--- a/man/menu_win.3x
+++ b/man/menu_win.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: menu_win.3x,v 1.11 2010/12/04 18:38:55 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_win.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH menu_win 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBmenu_win\fR \- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
@@ -45,11 +45,13 @@ WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu);
 int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-Every menu has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fR windows.  The menu window
+Every menu has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fR windows.
+The menu window
 displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow
 displays the items of the menu that are currently available for selection.
 .PP
-The first four functions get and set those windows.  It is not necessary to set
+The first four functions get and set those windows.
+It is not necessary to set
 either window; by default, the driver code uses \fBstdscr\fR for both.
 .PP
 In the \fBset_\fR functions, window argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as though
@@ -59,7 +61,8 @@ to change the system default menu window or subwindow.
 The function \fBscale_menu\fR returns the minimum size required for the
 subwindow of \fImenu\fR.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.  Routines that return
+Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error.
+Routines that return
 an integer return one of the following error codes:
 .TP 5
 .B E_OK
@@ -84,8 +87,9 @@ No items are connected to the menu.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/mitem_current.3x b/man/mitem_current.3x
index 86c9b477..d52ac653 100644
--- a/man/mitem_current.3x
+++ b/man/mitem_current.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_current.3x,v 1.13 2010/12/04 18:40:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_current.3x,v 1.14 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_current 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBmitem_current\fR \- set and get current_menu_item
@@ -46,13 +46,16 @@ int item_index(const ITEM *item);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBset_current_item\fR sets the current item (the item on which
-the menu cursor is positioned).  \fBcurrent_item\fR returns a pointer to the
+the menu cursor is positioned).
+\fBcurrent_item\fR returns a pointer to the
 current item in the given menu.
 .PP
 The function \fBset_top_row\fR sets the top row of the menu to show the given
 row (the top row is initially 0, and is reset to this value whenever the
-\fBO_ROWMAJOR\fR option is toggled).  The item leftmost on the given row
-becomes current.  The function \fBtop_row\fR returns the number of the top menu
+\fBO_ROWMAJOR\fR option is toggled).
+The item leftmost on the given row
+becomes current.
+The function \fBtop_row\fR returns the number of the top menu
 row being displayed.
 .PP
 The function \fBitem_index\fR returns the (zero-origin) index of \fIitem\fR in
@@ -86,11 +89,12 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBtop_row\fR and
 \fBindex_item\fR error value as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/mitem_name.3x b/man/mitem_name.3x
index 3291ee72..1ea46b23 100644
--- a/man/mitem_name.3x
+++ b/man/mitem_name.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_name.3x,v 1.9 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_name.3x,v 1.10 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_name 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBitem_name\fR,
@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 These routines emulate the System V menu library.
 They were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/mitem_new.3x b/man/mitem_new.3x
index d234c370..f69e1637 100644
--- a/man/mitem_new.3x
+++ b/man/mitem_new.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_new.3x,v 1.13 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_new.3x,v 1.14 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_new 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBnew_item\fP,
@@ -41,12 +41,16 @@ int free_item(ITEM *item);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function \fBnew_item\fR allocates a new item and initializes it from the
-\fBname\fR and \fBdescription\fR pointers. Please notice that the item stores
-only the pointers to the name and description. Those pointers must be valid
-during the lifetime of the item. So you should be very careful with names
+\fBname\fR and \fBdescription\fR pointers.
+Please notice that the item stores
+only the pointers to the name and description.
+Those pointers must be valid
+during the lifetime of the item.
+So you should be very careful with names
 or descriptions allocated on the stack of some routines.
 .br
-The function \fBfree_item\fR de-allocates an item. Please notice that it
+The function \fBfree_item\fR de-allocates an item.
+Please notice that it
 is the responsibility of the application to release the memory for the
 name or the description of the item.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -78,8 +82,9 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/mitem_opts.3x b/man/mitem_opts.3x
index 2ac6c43c..37913b6b 100644
--- a/man/mitem_opts.3x
+++ b/man/mitem_opts.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_opts.3x,v 1.12 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_opts.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_opts 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_item_opts\fP,
@@ -58,7 +58,8 @@ others alone.
 The function \fBitem_opts\fR returns the item's current option bits.
 .PP
 There is only one defined option bit mask, \fBO_SELECTABLE\fR.  When this is
-on, the item may be selected during menu processing.  This option defaults
+on, the item may be selected during menu processing.
+This option defaults
 to on.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 Except for \fBitem_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following:
@@ -74,8 +75,9 @@ System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/mitem_userptr.3x b/man/mitem_userptr.3x
index b7b3c821..0ddf40de 100644
--- a/man/mitem_userptr.3x
+++ b/man/mitem_userptr.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_userptr.3x,v 1.12 2015/12/05 23:42:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_userptr.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_userptr 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_item_userptr\fP,
@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@ void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data
-(that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone).  These functions get and set
+(that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone).
+These functions get and set
 that field.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 The function \fBitem_userptr\fR returns a pointer (possibly \fBNULL\fR).
@@ -55,11 +56,12 @@ The \fBset_item_userptr\fP always returns \fBE_OK\fP (success).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .PP
 The user pointer is a void pointer.
 We chose not to leave it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/mitem_value.3x b/man/mitem_value.3x
index 24343b76..482292a5 100644
--- a/man/mitem_value.3x
+++ b/man/mitem_value.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_value.3x,v 1.11 2015/12/05 23:01:16 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_value.3x,v 1.12 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_value 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBset_item_value\fP,
@@ -64,8 +64,9 @@ The menu driver could not process the request.
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/mitem_visible.3x b/man/mitem_visible.3x
index 4ff94054..ab53c7ec 100644
--- a/man/mitem_visible.3x
+++ b/man/mitem_visible.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_visible.3x,v 1.7 2010/12/04 18:40:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_visible.3x,v 1.8 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH mitem_visible 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBmitem_visible\fR \- check visibility of a menu item
@@ -46,8 +46,9 @@ portion will be smaller than the whole menu).
 The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file
 \fB\fR.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines emulate the System V menu library.  They were not supported on
+These routines emulate the System V menu library.
+They were not supported on
 Version 7 or BSD versions.
 .SH AUTHORS
-Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
-S. Raymond.
+Juergen Pfeifer.
+Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric S. Raymond.
diff --git a/man/ncurses.3x b/man/ncurses.3x
index e73543ed..a8d67af5 100644
--- a/man/ncurses.3x
+++ b/man/ncurses.3x
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 '\" t
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.136 2017/11/18 23:48:44 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.140 2018/07/28 23:30:17 tom Exp $
 .hy 0
 .TH ncurses 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .ds n 5
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
@@ -1080,8 +1081,8 @@ If the \fBncurses\fR library has been configured with \fItermcap\fR
 support, \fBncurses\fR will check for a terminal's description in
 termcap form if it is not available in the terminfo database.
 .PP
-The \fBTERMCAP\fP environment variable contains either a terminal description (with
-newlines stripped out),
+The \fBTERMCAP\fP environment variable contains
+either a terminal description (with newlines stripped out),
 or a file name telling where the information denoted by
 the \fBTERM\fP environment variable exists.
 In either case, setting it directs \fBncurses\fR to ignore
@@ -1089,7 +1090,8 @@ the usual place for this information, e.g., /etc/termcap.
 .SS TERMINFO
 .PP
 \fBncurses\fP can be configured to read from multiple terminal databases.
-The \fBTERMINFO\fP variable overrides the location for the default terminal database.
+The \fBTERMINFO\fP variable overrides the location for
+the default terminal database.
 Terminal descriptions (in terminal format) are stored in terminal databases:
 .bP
 Normally these are stored in a directory tree,
@@ -1226,12 +1228,34 @@ you link with
 \fB\-lncursesw\fR
 .NE
 .IP
-You must also define \fB_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED\fP when compiling for the
-wide-character library to use the extended (wide-character) functions.
+You must also enable the wide-character features in the header file
+when compiling for the wide-character library
+to use the extended (wide-character) functions.
+The symbol which enables these features has changed since XSI Curses, Issue 4:
+.RS
+.bP
+Originally, the wide-character feature required the symbol
+\fB_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED\fP
+but that was only valid for XPG4 (1996).
+.bP
+Later, that was deemed conflicting with \fB_XOPEN_SOURCE\fP defined to 500.
+.bP
+As of mid-2018,
+none of the features in this implementation require a \fB_XOPEN_SOURCE\fP
+feature greater than 600.
+However, X/Open Curses, Issue 7 (2009) recommends defining it to 700.
+.bP
+Alternatively, you can enable the feature by defining \fBNCURSES_WIDECHAR\fP
+with the caveat that some other header file than \fBcurses.h\fP
+may require a specific value for \fB_XOPEN_SOURCE\fP
+(or a system-specific symbol).
+.RE
+.IP
 The \fBcurses.h\fP file which is installed for the wide-character
 library is designed to be compatible with the normal library's header.
 Only the size of the \fBWINDOW\fP structure differs, and very few
 applications require more than a pointer to \fBWINDOW\fPs.
+.IP
 If the headers are installed allowing overwrite,
 the wide-character library's headers should be installed last,
 to allow applications to be built using either library
diff --git a/man/new_pair.3x b/man/new_pair.3x
index 5160db54..3d2eb095 100644
--- a/man/new_pair.3x
+++ b/man/new_pair.3x
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey
 .\"
-.\" $Id: new_pair.3x,v 1.11 2018/04/01 00:01:17 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: new_pair.3x,v 1.13 2018/07/28 22:19:56 tom Exp $
 .TH new_pair 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .SH NAME
 \fBalloc_pair\fP,
@@ -91,7 +92,8 @@ as the limit on color pairs:
 \fBCOLORS\fP\fI * \fP\fBCOLORS\fP
 .NE
 .bP
-Terminals which support \fIdefault colors\fP distinct from \*(``ANSI colors\*('' 
+Terminals which support \fIdefault colors\fP distinct
+from \*(``ANSI colors\*('' 
 add to the possible combinations, producing this total:
 .NS
 \fI( \fP\fBCOLORS\fP\fI + 1 ) * ( \fP\fBCOLORS\fP\fI + 1 )\fP
@@ -114,9 +116,11 @@ The \fBalloc_pair\fP function accepts parameters for
 foreground and background color, and
 checks if that color combination is already associated with a color pair.
 .bP
-If the combination already exists, \fBalloc_pair\fP returns the existing pair.
+If the combination already exists,
+\fBalloc_pair\fP returns the existing pair.
 .bP
-If the combination does not exist, \fBalloc_pair\fP allocates a new color pair and returns that.
+If the combination does not exist,
+\fBalloc_pair\fP allocates a new color pair and returns that.
 .bP
 If the table fills up, \fBalloc_pair\fP discards the least-recently
 allocated entry using \fBfree_pair\fP and allocates a new color pair.
@@ -140,7 +144,8 @@ i.e., like color pair 0.
 The \fBalloc_pair\fP function returns a color pair number in the range
 1 through \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fP\-1, unless it encounters an error updating
 its fast index to the color pair values, preventing it from allocating
-a color pair.  In that case, it returns \-1.
+a color pair.
+In that case, it returns \-1.
 .PP
 The \fBfind_pair\fP function returns a color pair number if the
 given color combination has been associated with a color pair,
@@ -149,8 +154,10 @@ or \-1 if not.
 Likewise, \fBfree_pair\fP returns \fBOK\fP unless it encounters an
 error updating the fast index or if no such color pair is in use.
 .SH PORTABILITY
-These routines are specific to ncurses.  They were not supported on
-Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is recommended that
+These routines are specific to ncurses.
+They were not supported on
+Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+It is recommended that
 any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 \fBcurs_color\fR(3X).
diff --git a/man/panel.3x b/man/panel.3x
index 4468e1d4..608d7e4c 100644
--- a/man/panel.3x
+++ b/man/panel.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: panel.3x,v 1.24 2017/11/25 20:31:13 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: panel.3x,v 1.26 2018/07/28 22:56:56 tom Exp $
 .TH panel 3X ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -71,14 +71,17 @@ panel \- panel stack extension for curses
 .br
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 Panels are \fBcurses\fR(3X) windows with the added feature of
-depth.  Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure
+depth.
+Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure
 the proper portions of each window and the curses \fBstdscr\fR window are
 hidden or displayed when panels are added, moved, modified or removed.
-The set of currently visible panels is the stack of panels.  The
+The set of currently visible panels is the stack of panels.
+The
 \fBstdscr\fR window is beneath all panels, and is not considered part
 of the stack.
 .P
-A window is associated with every panel. The panel routines enable
+A window is associated with every panel.
+The panel routines enable
 you to create, move, hide, and show panels, as well as position a
 panel at any desired location in the stack.
 .P
@@ -93,14 +96,14 @@ to  be  displayed above any other panel) and returns a
 pointer to the new panel.
 .TP
 .B update_panels
-refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the relations between the
+refreshes the \fIvirtual screen\fP to reflect the relations between the
 panels in the stack, but does not call \fBdoupdate\fP to refresh the
-physical screen.
+\fIphysical screen\fP.
 Use this function and not \fBwrefresh\fP or \fBwnoutrefresh\fP.
 .B update_panels
 may be called more than once before a call to
 \fBdoupdate\fP, but \fBdoupdate\fP is the function responsible for updating
-the physical screen.
+the \fIphysical screen\fP.
 .TP
 .B del_panel(pan)
 removes the given panel from the  stack and deallocates the
@@ -108,7 +111,8 @@ removes the given panel from the  stack and deallocates the
 .TP
 .B hide_panel(pan)
 removes the given panel from the panel stack and thus hides it from
-view. The \fBPANEL\fR structure is not lost, merely removed from the stack.
+view.
+The \fBPANEL\fR structure is not lost, merely removed from the stack.
 .TP
 .B panel_hidden(pan)
 returns \fBTRUE\fP if the panel is in the panel stack,
@@ -117,10 +121,12 @@ If the panel is a null pointer, return \fBERR\fP.
 .TP
 .B show_panel(pan)
 makes a hidden panel visible by placing it on top of the panels in the
-panel stack. See COMPATIBILITY below.
+panel stack.
+See COMPATIBILITY below.
 .TP
 .B top_panel(pan)
-puts the given visible panel on top of all panels in the stack.  See
+puts the given visible panel on top of all panels in the stack.
+See
 COMPATIBILITY below.
 .TP
 .B bottom_panel(pan)
@@ -128,8 +134,10 @@ puts panel at the bottom of all panels.
 .TP
 .B move_panel(pan,starty,startx)
 moves the given panel window so that its upper-left corner is at
-\fBstarty\fR, \fBstartx\fR.  It does not change the position of the
-panel in the stack.  Be sure to use this function, not \fBmvwin\fR,
+\fBstarty\fR, \fBstartx\fR.
+It does not change the position of the
+panel in the stack.
+Be sure to use this function, not \fBmvwin\fR,
 to move a panel window.
 .TP
 .B replace_panel(pan,window)
@@ -139,11 +147,13 @@ you can call \fBreplace_panel\fR on the output of \fBwresize\fR(3X)).
 It does not change the position of the panel in the stack.
 .TP
 .B panel_above(pan)
-returns a pointer to the panel above pan.  If the panel argument is
+returns a pointer to the panel above pan.
+If the panel argument is
 \fB(PANEL *)0\fR, it returns a pointer to the bottom panel in the stack.
 .TP
 .B panel_below(pan)
-returns a pointer to the panel just below pan.  If the panel argument
+returns a pointer to the panel just below pan.
+If the panel argument
 is \fB(PANEL *)0\fR, it returns a pointer to the top panel in the stack.
 .TP
 .B set_panel_userptr(pan,ptr)
@@ -156,21 +166,25 @@ returns the user pointer for a given panel.
 returns a pointer to the window of the given panel.
 .SH DIAGNOSTICS
 Each routine that returns a pointer returns \fBNULL\fR if an error
-occurs. Each routine that returns an int value returns \fBOK\fR if it
+occurs.
+Each routine that returns an int value returns \fBOK\fR if it
 executes successfully and \fBERR\fR if not.
 .SH COMPATIBILITY
 Reasonable care has been taken to  ensure  compatibility
 with  the  native  panel facility introduced in System V (inspection of
 the SVr4 manual pages suggests the programming interface is unchanged).
-The \fBPANEL\fR data structures are merely  similar. The  programmer
+The \fBPANEL\fR data structures are merely  similar.
+The  programmer
 is cautioned not to directly use \fBPANEL\fR fields.
 .P
 The functions \fBshow_panel\fR and \fBtop_panel\fR are identical
 in this implementation, and work equally well with displayed or hidden
-panels.  In the native System V implementation, \fBshow_panel\fR is
+panels.
+In the native System V implementation, \fBshow_panel\fR is
 intended for making a hidden panel visible (at the top of the stack)
 and \fBtop_panel\fR is intended for making an already-visible panel
-move to the top of the stack. You are cautioned to use the correct
+move to the top of the stack.
+You are cautioned to use the correct
 function to ensure compatibility with native panel libraries.
 .SH NOTE
 In your library list, libpanel.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
@@ -201,4 +215,5 @@ version @NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@ (patch @NCURSES_PATCH@).
 .SH AUTHOR
 Originally written by Warren Tucker ,
 primarily to assist in porting u386mon to systems without a native
-panels library.  Repackaged for ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim.
+panels library.
+Repackaged for ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim.
diff --git a/man/resizeterm.3x b/man/resizeterm.3x
index c2e553c4..c1ee500c 100644
--- a/man/resizeterm.3x
+++ b/man/resizeterm.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996-on
 .\"
-.\" $Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.24 2017/11/18 23:47:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.25 2018/07/28 22:20:54 tom Exp $
 .TH resizeterm 3X ""
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -60,7 +60,8 @@ such as the \fBLINES\fP and \fBCOLS\fP variables.
 .SS resize_term
 .PP
 Most of the work is done by the inner function \fBresize_term\fR.
-The outer function \fBresizeterm\fR adds bookkeeping for the \fBSIGWINCH\fP handler.
+The outer function \fBresizeterm\fR adds bookkeeping
+for the \fBSIGWINCH\fP handler.
 When resizing the windows,
 \fBresize_term\fR blank-fills the areas that are extended.
 The calling application should fill in these areas with appropriate data.
@@ -72,7 +73,8 @@ without additional interaction with the application.
 .PP
 A support function \fBis_term_resized\fR is provided so that applications
 can check if the \fBresize_term\fR function would modify the window structures.
-It returns \fBTRUE\fP if the windows would be modified, and \fBFALSE\fP otherwise.
+It returns \fBTRUE\fP if the windows would be modified,
+and \fBFALSE\fP otherwise.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 Except as noted, these functions return
 the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success.
diff --git a/man/scr_dump.5 b/man/scr_dump.5
index bb2d1c7f..81a95aa2 100644
--- a/man/scr_dump.5
+++ b/man/scr_dump.5
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: scr_dump.5,v 1.13 2018/05/19 21:10:21 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: scr_dump.5,v 1.15 2018/07/28 21:46:15 tom Exp $
 .TH scr_dump 5
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -43,7 +43,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -385,8 +386,8 @@ The \fIxpg4\fP curses library does not know about the \fBbce\fP
 (back color erase) capability, and does not color the window background.
 .ne 10
 .PP
-On the other hand, the SVr4 curses library does know about the background
-color.  However, its screen dumps are in binary.
+On the other hand, the SVr4 curses library does know about the background color.
+However, its screen dumps are in binary.
 Here is the corresponding dump (using \*(``od -t x1\*(''):
 .NS
 0000000 1c 01 c3 d6 f3 58 05 00 0b 00 0a 00 14 00 00 00
diff --git a/man/tabs.1 b/man/tabs.1
index ed3e41fa..d34f8e0f 100644
--- a/man/tabs.1
+++ b/man/tabs.1
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.17 2018/05/19 21:07:46 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.19 2018/07/28 21:46:31 tom Exp $
 .TH @TABS@ 1 ""
 .ds n 5
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
@@ -48,7 +48,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .SH NAME
 \fB@TABS@\fR \- set tabs on a terminal
@@ -166,7 +167,8 @@ The \fB\-d\fP (debug) and \fB\-n\fP (no-op) options are extensions not provided
 by other implementations.
 .PP
 Documentation for other implementations states that there is a limit on the
-number of tab stops.  While some terminals may not accept an arbitrary number
+number of tab stops.
+While some terminals may not accept an arbitrary number
 of tab stops, this implementation will attempt to set tab stops up to the
 right margin of the screen, if the given list happens to be that long.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man/term.5 b/man/term.5
index 59489037..83cb3aaa 100644
--- a/man/term.5
+++ b/man/term.5
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: term.5,v 1.29 2018/05/19 21:09:25 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: term.5,v 1.30 2018/07/28 21:46:48 tom Exp $
 .TH term 5
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -43,7 +43,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
diff --git a/man/term.7 b/man/term.7
index 52d366d2..c3e09a1d 100644
--- a/man/term.7
+++ b/man/term.7
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2011,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2017,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: term.7,v 1.24 2017/02/18 17:01:51 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: term.7,v 1.26 2018/07/28 22:19:56 tom Exp $
 .TH term 7
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -39,7 +39,8 @@ term \- conventions for naming terminal types
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 The environment variable \fBTERM\fR should normally contain the type name of
-the terminal, console or display-device type you are using.  This information
+the terminal, console or display-device type you are using.
+This information
 is critical for all screen-oriented programs, including your editor and mailer.
 .PP
 A default \fBTERM\fR value will be set on a per-line basis by either
@@ -47,19 +48,23 @@ A default \fBTERM\fR value will be set on a per-line basis by either
 or \fB/etc/ttys\fR (BSD UNIXes).
 This will nearly always suffice for workstation and microcomputer consoles.
 .PP
-If you use a dialup line, the type of device attached to it may vary.  Older
-UNIX systems pre-set a very dumb terminal type like \*(``dumb\*('' or \*(``dialup\*('' on
-dialup lines.  Newer ones may pre-set \*(``vt100\*('', reflecting the prevalence of DEC
+If you use a dialup line, the type of device attached to it may vary.
+Older UNIX systems pre-set a very dumb terminal type
+like \*(``dumb\*('' or \*(``dialup\*('' on dialup lines.
+Newer ones may pre-set \*(``vt100\*('', reflecting the prevalence of DEC
 VT100-compatible terminals and personal-computer emulators.
 .PP
 Modern telnets pass your \fBTERM\fR environment variable from the local side to
-the remote one.  There can be problems if the remote terminfo or termcap entry
+the remote one.
+There can be problems if the remote terminfo or termcap entry
 for your type is not compatible with yours, but this situation is rare and
-can almost always be avoided by explicitly exporting \*(``vt100\*('' (assuming you
-are in fact using a VT100-superset console, terminal, or terminal emulator.)
+can almost always be avoided by explicitly exporting \*(``vt100\*(''
+(assuming you are in fact using a VT100-superset console,
+terminal, or terminal emulator.)
 .PP
 In any case, you are free to override the system \fBTERM\fR setting to your
-taste in your shell profile.  The \fB@TSET@\fP(1) utility may be of assistance;
+taste in your shell profile.
+The \fB@TSET@\fP(1) utility may be of assistance;
 you can give it a set of rules for deducing or requesting a terminal type based
 on the tty device and baud rate.
 .PP
@@ -68,11 +73,13 @@ custom entry incorporating options (such as visual bell or reverse-video)
 which you wish to override the system default type for your line.
 .PP
 Terminal type descriptions are stored as files of capability data underneath
-\*d.  To browse a list of all terminal names recognized by the system, do
+\*d.
+To browse a list of all terminal names recognized by the system, do
 .sp
 	@TOE@ | more
 .sp
-from your shell.  These capability files are in a binary format optimized for
+from your shell.
+These capability files are in a binary format optimized for
 retrieval speed (unlike the old text-based \fBtermcap\fR format they replace);
 to examine an entry, you must use the \fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M) command.
 Invoke it as follows:
@@ -81,30 +88,39 @@ Invoke it as follows:
 .sp
 where \fIentry_name\fR is the name of the type you wish to examine (and the
 name of its capability file the subdirectory of \*d named for its first
-letter).  This command dumps a capability file in the text format described by
+letter).
+This command dumps a capability file in the text format described by
 \fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
 .PP
 The first line of a \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) description gives the names by which
-terminfo knows a terminal, separated by \*(``|\*('' (pipe-bar) characters with the last
-name field terminated by a comma.  The first name field is the type's
+terminfo knows a terminal,
+separated by \*(``|\*('' (pipe-bar) characters with the last
+name field terminated by a comma.
+The first name field is the type's
 \fIprimary name\fR, and is the one to use when setting \fBTERM\fR.  The last
 name field (if distinct from the first) is actually a description of the
-terminal type (it may contain blanks; the others must be single words).  Name
+terminal type (it may contain blanks; the others must be single words).
+Name
 fields between the first and last (if present) are aliases for the terminal,
 usually historical names retained for compatibility.
 .PP
 There are some conventions for how to choose terminal primary names that help
-keep them informative and unique.  Here is a step-by-step guide to naming
+keep them informative and unique.
+Here is a step-by-step guide to naming
 terminals that also explains how to parse them:
 .PP
-First, choose a root name.  The root will consist of a lower-case letter
-followed by up to seven lower-case letters or digits.  You need to avoid using
+First, choose a root name.
+The root will consist of a lower-case letter
+followed by up to seven lower-case letters or digits.
+You need to avoid using
 punctuation characters in root names, because they are used and interpreted as
 filenames and shell meta-characters (such as !, $, *, ?, etc.) embedded in them
-may cause odd and unhelpful behavior.  The slash (/), or any other character
+may cause odd and unhelpful behavior.
+The slash (/), or any other character
 that may be interpreted by anyone's file system (\e, $, [, ]), is especially
 dangerous (terminfo is platform-independent, and choosing names with special
-characters could someday make life difficult for users of a future port).  The
+characters could someday make life difficult for users of a future port).
+The
 dot (.) character is relatively safe as long as there is at most one per root
 name; some historical terminfo names use it.
 .PP
@@ -131,11 +147,14 @@ Following the root name, you may add any reasonable number of hyphen-separated
 feature suffixes.
 .TP 5
 2p
-Has two pages of memory.  Likewise 4p, 8p, etc.
+Has two pages of memory.
+Likewise 4p, 8p, etc.
 .TP 5
 mc
-Magic-cookie.  Some terminals (notably older Wyses) can only support one
-attribute without magic-cookie lossage.  Their base entry is usually paired
+Magic-cookie.
+Some terminals (notably older Wyses) can only support one
+attribute without magic-cookie lossage.
+Their base entry is usually paired
 with another that has this suffix and uses magic cookies to support multiple
 attributes.
 .TP 5
@@ -174,7 +193,8 @@ Use visible bell (flash) rather than beep.
 Wide; terminal is in 132 column mode.
 .PP
 Conventionally, if your terminal type is a variant intended to specify a
-line height, that suffix should go first.  So, for a hypothetical FuBarCo
+line height, that suffix should go first.
+So, for a hypothetical FuBarCo
 model 2317 terminal in 30-line mode with reverse video, best form would be
 \fBfubar\-30\-rv\fR (rather than, say, \*(``fubar\-rv\-30\*('').
 .PP
@@ -183,7 +203,8 @@ components to be plugged into other entries via \fBuse\fP capabilities,
 are distinguished by using embedded plus signs rather than dashes.
 .PP
 Commands which use a terminal type to control display often accept a \-T
-option that accepts a terminal name argument.  Such programs should fall back
+option that accepts a terminal name argument.
+Such programs should fall back
 on the \fBTERM\fR environment variable when no \-T option is specified.
 .SH PORTABILITY
 For maximum compatibility with older System V UNIXes, names and aliases
diff --git a/man/terminfo.head b/man/terminfo.head
index 7418a358..4dfeaa2b 100644
--- a/man/terminfo.head
+++ b/man/terminfo.head
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: terminfo.head,v 1.34 2018/05/19 20:57:27 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: terminfo.head,v 1.35 2018/07/28 22:29:09 tom Exp $
 .TH terminfo 5 "" "" "File Formats"
 .ds n 5
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .SH NAME
 terminfo \- terminal capability data base
diff --git a/man/tput.1 b/man/tput.1
index 10e47b7b..44cedbfc 100644
--- a/man/tput.1
+++ b/man/tput.1
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.58 2018/05/19 21:07:46 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.59 2018/07/28 21:30:27 tom Exp $
 .TH @TPUT@ 1 ""
 .ds d @TERMINFO@
 .ds n 1
@@ -226,7 +226,8 @@ Otherwise, \fBreset\fR acts identically to \fBinit\fR.
 \fBlongname\fR
 If the terminal database is present and an entry for the
 user's terminal exists (see \fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR above), then the long name
-of the terminal will be put out.  The long name is the last
+of the terminal will be put out.
+The long name is the last
 name in the first line of the terminal's description in the
 \fBterminfo\fR database [see \fBterm\fR(5)].
 .SS Aliases
@@ -252,13 +253,14 @@ The \fBreset\fP program is usually an alias for \fB@TSET@\fP,
 because of this difference with resetting terminal modes and special characters.
 .PP
 With the changes made for ncurses 6.1, the \fIreset\fP feature of the
-two programs is (mostly) the same.  A few differences remain:
+two programs is (mostly) the same.
+A few differences remain:
 .bP
 The \fB@TSET@\fP program waits one second when resetting,
 in case it happens to be a hardware terminal.
 .bP
 The two programs write the terminal initialization strings
-to different streams (i.e.,. the standard error for \fB@TSET@\fP and the
+to different streams (i.e., the standard error for \fB@TSET@\fP and the
 standard output for \fB@TPUT@\fP).
 .IP
 \fBNote:\fP although these programs write to different streams,
@@ -299,7 +301,8 @@ Print the number of columns for the 450 terminal.
 \fBbold=`@TPUT@ smso` offbold=`@TPUT@ rmso`\fR
 Set the shell variables \fBbold\fR, to begin stand-out mode
 sequence, and \fBoffbold\fR, to end standout mode sequence,
-for the current terminal.  This might be followed by a
+for the current terminal.
+This might be followed by a
 prompt: \fBecho "${bold}Please type in your name: ${offbold}\\c"\fR
 .TP 5
 \fB@TPUT@ hc\fR
@@ -354,7 +357,8 @@ and if any errors are found, will set the exit code to 4 plus the
 number of lines with errors.
 If no errors are found, the exit code is \fB0\fR.
 No indication of which line failed can be given so
-exit code \fB1\fR will never appear.  Exit codes \fB2\fR, \fB3\fR, and
+exit code \fB1\fR will never appear.
+Exit codes \fB2\fR, \fB3\fR, and
 \fB4\fR retain their usual interpretation.
 If the \fB\-S\fR option is not used,
 the exit code depends on the type of \fIcapname\fR:
diff --git a/man/tset.1 b/man/tset.1
index 9fe56213..91cceb20 100644
--- a/man/tset.1
+++ b/man/tset.1
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.53 2018/05/19 21:07:46 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.54 2018/07/28 21:30:27 tom Exp $
 .TH @TSET@ 1 ""
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -82,7 +82,8 @@ option mappings are then applied (see the section
 .B TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING
 for more information).
 Then, if the terminal type begins with a question mark (\*(``?\*(''), the
-user is prompted for confirmation of the terminal type.  An empty
+user is prompted for confirmation of the terminal type.
+An empty
 response confirms the type, or, another type can be entered to specify
 a new type.
 Once the terminal type has been determined,
@@ -207,11 +208,13 @@ the terminal's capabilities into the shell's environment.
 This is done using the \fB\-s\fR option.
 .PP
 When the \fB\-s\fR option is specified, the commands to enter the information
-into the shell's environment are written to the standard output.  If
+into the shell's environment are written to the standard output.
+If
 the \fBSHELL\fR environmental variable ends in \*(``csh\*('', the commands
 are for \fBcsh\fR, otherwise, they are for \fBsh\fR.
 Note, the \fBcsh\fR commands set and unset the shell variable
-\fBnoglob\fR, leaving it unset.  The following line in the \fB.login\fR
+\fBnoglob\fR, leaving it unset.
+The following line in the \fB.login\fR
 or \fB.profile\fR files will initialize the environment correctly:
 .sp
     eval \`@TSET@ \-s options ... \`
@@ -232,7 +235,8 @@ guess that I'm on that kind of terminal\*(''.
 .PP
 The argument to the \fB\-m\fR option consists of an optional port type, an
 optional operator, an optional baud rate specification, an optional
-colon (\*(``:\*('') character and a terminal type.  The port type is a
+colon (\*(``:\*('') character and a terminal type.
+The port type is a
 string (delimited by either the operator or the colon character).
 The operator may be any combination of
 \*(``>\*('',
@@ -248,14 +252,17 @@ of the standard error output (which should be the control terminal).
 The terminal type is a string.
 .PP
 If the terminal type is not specified on the command line, the \fB\-m\fR
-mappings are applied to the terminal type.  If the port type and baud
+mappings are applied to the terminal type.
+If the port type and baud
 rate match the mapping, the terminal type specified in the mapping
-replaces the current type.  If more than one mapping is specified, the
+replaces the current type.
+If more than one mapping is specified, the
 first applicable mapping is used.
 .PP
 For example, consider the following mapping: \fBdialup>9600:vt100\fR.
 The port type is dialup , the operator is >, the baud rate
-specification is 9600, and the terminal type is vt100.  The result of
+specification is 9600, and the terminal type is vt100.
+The result of
 this mapping is to specify that if the terminal type is \fBdialup\fR,
 and the baud rate is greater than 9600 baud, a terminal type of
 \fBvt100\fR will be used.
@@ -328,7 +335,8 @@ is always an alias for \fBtset\fP.
 The \fB@TSET@\fR utility provides for backward-compatibility with BSD
 environments (under most modern UNIXes, \fB/etc/inittab\fR and \fBgetty\fR(1)
 can set \fBTERM\fR appropriately for each dial-up line; this obviates what was
-\fB@TSET@\fR's most important use).  This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
+\fB@TSET@\fR's most important use).
+This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
 \fBtset\fP, with a few exceptions specified here.
 .PP
 A few options are different
@@ -353,7 +361,8 @@ None of them were documented in 4.3BSD and all are
 of limited utility at best.
 The \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-d\fR, and \fB\-p\fR options are similarly
 not documented or useful, but were retained as they appear to be in
-widespread use.  It is strongly recommended that any usage of these
+widespread use.
+It is strongly recommended that any usage of these
 three options be changed to use the \fB\-m\fR option instead.
 The \fB\-a\fP, \fB\-d\fP, and \fB\-p\fR options
 are therefore omitted from the usage summary above.
diff --git a/man/user_caps.5 b/man/user_caps.5
index 592b35bc..032ae7e0 100644
--- a/man/user_caps.5
+++ b/man/user_caps.5
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 .\" authorization.                                                           *
 .\"***************************************************************************
 .\"
-.\" $Id: user_caps.5,v 1.7 2018/02/17 19:07:01 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: user_caps.5,v 1.9 2018/07/28 22:05:23 tom Exp $
 .TH user_caps 5
 .ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
 .el       .ds `` ``
@@ -43,7 +43,8 @@
 .de NE
 .fi
 .ft R
-.in -4
+.ie n  .in -4
+.el    .in -2
 ..
 .de bP
 .ie n  .IP \(bu 4
@@ -117,7 +118,8 @@ modifications to the toolset's predefined capability names are needed.
 .PP
 The ncurses utilities \fBtic\fP and \fBinfocmp\fP have a command-line
 option \*(``\-x\*('' to control whether the nonstandard capabilities
-are stored or retrieved.  A library function \fBuse_extended_names\fP
+are stored or retrieved.
+A library function \fBuse_extended_names\fP
 is provided for the same purpose.
 .PP
 When compiling a terminal database, if \*(``\-x\*('' is set,
@@ -161,7 +163,7 @@ ncurses makes explicit checks for these:
 .TP 3
 AX
 \fIboolean\fP, asserts that the terminal interprets SGR 39 and SGR 49
-by resetting the foreground and background color, respectively, to the default. 
+by resetting the foreground and background color, respectively, to the default.
 .IP
 This is a feature recognized by the \fBscreen\fP program as well.
 .TP 3
@@ -175,9 +177,9 @@ The command \*(``\fBtput clear\fP\*('' does the same thing.
 RGB
 \fIboolean\fP, \fInumber\fP \fBor\fP \fIstring\fP,
 to assert that the
-\fBset_a_foreground\fP and 
+\fBset_a_foreground\fP and
 \fBset_a_background\fP capabilities correspond to \fIdirect colors\fP,
-using an RGB (red/green/blue) convention. 
+using an RGB (red/green/blue) convention.
 This capability allows the \fBcolor_content\fP function to
 return appropriate values without requiring the application
 to initialize colors using \fBinit_color\fP.
@@ -254,7 +256,7 @@ kEND/special form of kend (End)
 kHOM/special form of khome (Home)
 kLFT/special form of kcub1 (cursor-left or cursor-back)
 kNXT/special form of knext (Next, or Page-Down)
-kPRV/special form of kprev (Prev, or Page-Up) 
+kPRV/special form of kprev (Prev, or Page-Up)
 kRIT/special form of kcuf1 (cursor-right, or cursor-forward)
 kUP/special form of kcuu1 (cursor-up)
 .TE
diff --git a/man/wresize.3x b/man/wresize.3x
index 4bbfd263..aa61fd81 100644
--- a/man/wresize.3x
+++ b/man/wresize.3x
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 .\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2010,2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2015,2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
 .\"                                                                          *
 .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
 .\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996
 .\"
-.\" $Id: wresize.3x,v 1.14 2015/09/26 19:57:24 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: wresize.3x,v 1.15 2018/07/28 21:34:06 tom Exp $
 .TH wresize 3X ""
 .SH NAME
 \fBwresize\fR \- resize a curses window
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
 .sp
 \fBint wresize(WINDOW *win, int lines, int columns);\fR
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-This is an extension to the curses library.                                    
-It reallocates storage for an \fBncurses\fR 
+This is an extension to the curses library.
+It reallocates storage for an \fBncurses\fR
 window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values.
 If either dimension is larger than the current values, the
 window's data is filled with blanks that have the current background rendition
diff --git a/package/debian-mingw/changelog b/package/debian-mingw/changelog
index 9605a2e0..757f2fad 100644
--- a/package/debian-mingw/changelog
+++ b/package/debian-mingw/changelog
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-ncurses6 (6.1+20180721) unstable; urgency=low
+ncurses6 (6.1+20180728) unstable; urgency=low
 
   * latest weekly patch
 
- -- Thomas E. Dickey   Sat, 21 Jul 2018 09:45:51 -0400
+ -- Thomas E. Dickey   Sat, 28 Jul 2018 09:24:09 -0400
 
 ncurses6 (5.9-20131005) unstable; urgency=low
 
diff --git a/package/debian-mingw64/changelog b/package/debian-mingw64/changelog
index 9605a2e0..757f2fad 100644
--- a/package/debian-mingw64/changelog
+++ b/package/debian-mingw64/changelog
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-ncurses6 (6.1+20180721) unstable; urgency=low
+ncurses6 (6.1+20180728) unstable; urgency=low
 
   * latest weekly patch
 
- -- Thomas E. Dickey   Sat, 21 Jul 2018 09:45:51 -0400
+ -- Thomas E. Dickey   Sat, 28 Jul 2018 09:24:09 -0400
 
 ncurses6 (5.9-20131005) unstable; urgency=low
 
diff --git a/package/debian/changelog b/package/debian/changelog
index 2d704cb8..1cc91a6b 100644
--- a/package/debian/changelog
+++ b/package/debian/changelog
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-ncurses6 (6.1+20180721) unstable; urgency=low
+ncurses6 (6.1+20180728) unstable; urgency=low
 
   * latest weekly patch
 
- -- Thomas E. Dickey   Sat, 21 Jul 2018 09:45:51 -0400
+ -- Thomas E. Dickey   Sat, 28 Jul 2018 09:24:09 -0400
 
 ncurses6 (5.9-20120608) unstable; urgency=low
 
diff --git a/package/mingw-ncurses.nsi b/package/mingw-ncurses.nsi
index 918b0106..2be63424 100644
--- a/package/mingw-ncurses.nsi
+++ b/package/mingw-ncurses.nsi
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-; $Id: mingw-ncurses.nsi,v 1.280 2018/07/21 13:45:51 tom Exp $
+; $Id: mingw-ncurses.nsi,v 1.281 2018/07/28 13:24:09 tom Exp $
 
 ; TODO add examples
 ; TODO bump ABI to 6
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 !define VERSION_MAJOR "6"
 !define VERSION_MINOR "1"
 !define VERSION_YYYY  "2018"
-!define VERSION_MMDD  "0721"
+!define VERSION_MMDD  "0728"
 !define VERSION_PATCH ${VERSION_YYYY}${VERSION_MMDD}
 
 !define MY_ABI   "5"
diff --git a/package/mingw-ncurses.spec b/package/mingw-ncurses.spec
index 32e287ac..8aab34a7 100644
--- a/package/mingw-ncurses.spec
+++ b/package/mingw-ncurses.spec
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 Summary: shared libraries for terminal handling
 Name: mingw32-ncurses6
 Version: 6.1
-Release: 20180721
+Release: 20180728
 License: X11
 Group: Development/Libraries
 Source: ncurses-%{version}-%{release}.tgz
diff --git a/package/ncurses.spec b/package/ncurses.spec
index f4ce0fdf..d4fa2344 100644
--- a/package/ncurses.spec
+++ b/package/ncurses.spec
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Summary: shared libraries for terminal handling
 Name: ncurses6
 Version: 6.1
-Release: 20180721
+Release: 20180728
 License: X11
 Group: Development/Libraries
 Source: ncurses-%{version}-%{release}.tgz
-- 
2.45.0